artresearch.com.au

The Scheding Index of Australian Art & Artists

Search or browse the Index to locate biographical information
on Australian artists more details»


Showing 158,397 records of 158,397 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 152,001 – 153,000 of 158,397 | Next | Last

Macarthur Family Album biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Maritime Museum Album biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Ross, Malcolm biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Wawn, William, T. biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Wood, C. F. biography and referencesview full entry
Reference: see Refracted Vision - Nineteenth Century Photography in the Pacific, MA Thesis by Geoffrey Barker, University of Sydney, 2010.
Abstract: This thesis provides an overview of general trends in the development of photography in the Pacific over the nineteenth century. Its central premise is that research to date has focused on
small portions of the archive without the benefit of a more general appraisal. This thesis seeks to fill this gap and provide new insights into the uniqueness, or otherwise, of photographic engagement within this region over the course of the nineteenth century. Attempting a general work on this subject may be felt to be merely reiterating current knowledge but this thesis argues that an adoption of a broader time period, more collections, and a range of islands pulls together for the first time a range of disparate interpretations, events, and photographs. This work focuses attention on the technical constraints and the physical realities facing these photographers as they made their way through these islands. It does not seek to speak for the Pacific Islanders in the photographs, or attempt any in-depth theoretical analysis on the broader cultural machinations of colonialism. What it does attempt is to provide a general context from which to gain an understanding of how, and where, photography was introduced across the Pacific in the nineteenth century.
Publishing details: MA Thesis, University of Sydney, 2010.

Halloran Rodview full entry
Reference: see Theodore Bruce Auctions, July 13, 2023, lot 6525
Rod Halloran
Australia (20th Century)
Barrengarry, Kangaroo Valley, NSW, 2017
Oil on board
Signed lower left,
Titled & Inscribed verso,
20 x 50 cm Frame: 34.5 x 64 cm
Good condition, original frame.
Estimate: A$80 - A$120
Halloran Rodview full entry
Reference: see ‘Friends of the Campbeltown Art Gallery’ publication, 1983.
Publishing details: The City of Campbeltown Art Collection, 1983
Johnstone Caitlinview full entry
Reference: see fairobservor.co: Caitlin Johnstone is a reader-funded journalist, essayist, painter and poet based in Melbourne, Australia. She writes with her American husband, Tim Foley. She has published her writing in many outlets. She writes about politics, economics, media, feminism and the nature of consciousness. She is the author of the illustrated poetry book Woke: A Field Guide For Utopia Preppers.
Mills Rebecca view full entry
Reference: see Platypi: Celebrating The Best Australian And New Zealand Contemporary Illustration. Cover by Rebecca Mills. [’Platypi: Celebrating The Best Australian And New Zealand Contemporary Illustration is a collection of illustrations from various Australian and New Zealand illustrators. It was published by Illustrators Australia in 2018.’]
Publishing details: Illustrators Australia, 2018, pb.
Tyler Frank p 7 p35view full entry
Reference: see Australian Film Posters 1906 - 1960, by Judith Adamson.
Publishing details: Currency Press, 1978, Illustrated. Trade paperback Fine. No dust jacket as issued. 56 pp
Nicholls Syd p7 p16view full entry
Reference: see Australian Film Posters 1906 - 1960, by Judith Adamson.
Publishing details: Currency Press, 1978, Illustrated. Trade paperback Fine. No dust jacket as issued. 56 pp
Cathcart Bill p7view full entry
Reference: see Australian Film Posters 1906 - 1960, by Judith Adamson.
Publishing details: Currency Press, 1978, Illustrated. Trade paperback Fine. No dust jacket as issued. 56 pp
postersview full entry
Reference: see Australian Film Posters 1906 - 1960, by Judith Adamson.
Publishing details: Currency Press, 1978, Illustrated. Trade paperback Fine. No dust jacket as issued. 56 pp
Wall Dorothy p 30 Blinky Bill refview full entry
Reference: see Australian Film Posters 1906 - 1960, by Judith Adamson.
Publishing details: Currency Press, 1978, Illustrated. Trade paperback Fine. No dust jacket as issued. 56 pp
film postersview full entry
Reference: see Australian Film Posters 1906 - 1960, by Judith Adamson.
Publishing details: Currency Press, 1978, Illustrated. Trade paperback Fine. No dust jacket as issued. 56 pp
Webber Johnview full entry
Reference: Catalogue of drawings and portraits in oil by Mr Webber. [In a codicil to his will, dated 7th March 1820, Sir Joseph Banks left the care of his papers to Sir Edward Knatchbull, the nephew of Lady Banks. In 1828 Knatchbull passed over to the British Museum the bound volumes of foreign correspondence, but he retained the rest of the papers in the expectation that an official biography would be written. He died in 1849 and, following the death of Lady Knatchbull in 1882, the ownership of the papers passed to their son Edward Knatchbull Hugesson, 1st Baron Brabourne. In 1884 Lord Brabourne offered the papers for sale to the British Museum but, when no agreement could be reached on a price, he sold many of the Australian papers to the New South Wales Government. They are now held in the Mitchell Library at the State Library of New South Wales. Most of the remaining Banks Papers were sold on behalf of Lord Brabourne by Sotheby's on 11 March and 14 April 1886. One of the successful bidders at the sale on 14 April was E.A. Petherick, the London agent of the Melbourne bookseller George Robertson. He bought 20 lots, including a number of drafts of Banks' letters, his thoughts on the manners of the women of Otaheite, the hints of the Earl of Morton, and the catalogue of drawings and portraits by John Webber. It was unfortunate that Banks' correspondence was divided into several lots on an alphabetical basis. Petherick bought the four lots comprising letters of writers whose names started with C, F, K and P. In 1909 Petherick returned to Australia and later in the year he transferred title in his large collection of books, maps, manuscripts and pictures to the Commonwealth Parliamentary Library. Most of the Banks Papers held in the National Library at MS 9 were originally in the Petherick Collection. Banks was a prolific correspondent and throughout the twentieth century letters that he had written or received were sold at auctions in London and elsewhere or appeared in dealers' catalogues. The Library has bought a number of letters at different sales and assigned them distinct manuscript numbers. The collector Sir Rex Nan Kivell also bought several letters of Banks at London sales and gave them his own NK numbers. His collection was purchased by the Library in 1959. At a later date all the manuscripts in his collection were given manuscript numbers, as well as numbers within the MS 9 sequence. For instance, the letter of Mungo Park can be cited as MS 9/117 or MS 4004, while its original Nan Kivell number was NK 5837 On 23 July 1985 Sotheby's in London sold many of the papers of Banks' friend John Montagu, 4th Earl of Sandwich. Sandwich was First Lord of the Admiralty in 1771-82 and was closely associated with the second and third voyages of Cook. The National Library bought three lots at the sale and the collection was given the number MS 7218. It includes nine letters written by Banks to Sandwich in 1782-84.]
Publishing details: National Library of Australia, nlaobj-222963290, can be viewd online.
Jagger Marion Ferrierview full entry
Reference: see Aalders Auctions, March 12, 2023, lot 532, Untitled (Boats in Harbour) oil on board signed 'M Ferrier' lower right 27cm x 20cm, Est: $400 AUD - $600 AUD
Sold: $600 AUD

Jagger Marion Ferrierview full entry
Reference: see Lawsons, The Weekly Art Sale - Sale 9580 - Lot 5130, 14 December 2022: MARION FERRIER-JAGGER (1882 - 1977)
Still Life
oil on board
27.5 x 32 cm (frame: 42 x 47 cm)
artist monogram lower right
Estimate $80-120
Sold for $170
Jagger Marion Ferrierview full entry
Reference: in City of Albany Art Collection: Red Camellias, Oil on Canvas Laid on Board, 25.7 x 21.5 cm, Marion Ferrier-Jagger
Jagger Marion Ferrier view full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, Tuesday 10 Aug 1937, Page 21, ‘ART SEASON NOW IN FULL SWING’:
Work by women artists has done much to
brighten the show. It is of great variety, touching extremes of modern technique as practised by the clever sculptor, Loma Latour, to more conservative styles of work which are nevertheless beautiful, such as perfect studies of flowers by Mrs. Marion Ferrier Jagger.
Latour Loma view full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, Tuesday 10 Aug 1937, Page 21, ‘ART SEASON NOW IN FULL SWING’:
Work by women artists has done much to
brighten the show. It is of great variety, touching extremes of modern technique as practised by the clever sculptor, Loma Latour, to more conservative styles of work which are nevertheless beautiful, such as perfect studies of flowers by Mrs. Marion Ferrier Jagger... LOMA LATOUR is of the younger school of artists. She studied with Rayner Hoff, and is now a disciple as well as an admirer of Epstein. She has never been abroad, but is anxious to go. Three is little scope for her class of art in Australia, though the demand is always improving.
Loma Latour is highly original. She loves to
experiment in new mediums. She used up more than £20 of silk not long ago, and oceans of time, to work out a design in needlework; an odd departure for a sculptor. She wants £70 for the finished job, and hopes some day to see it under glass used as a table top.
At the Royal Art Exhibition she is displaying
what is sedately called a brass inlay panel. It is a full-length figure of a woman, and, interest- ing us it is as a design, it is eminently more interesting as a new medium. It is an experiment she thought out herself, and is actually a kind
of enlarged cloisonne. She used 75 feet of brass strips. She thinks her new idea might be suitable for bathroom floors or walls.
Another good girl artist is Sheila Elvins, of
Mosman. Her two still-life water-colours, "Old Friends" and "Prawns," reveal what is so often neglected in fine art-a sense of humour. Her best picture for composition and technique is a
still-life study in which she has used beads and a small wood toy figure. Again there is a suggestion of humour in the way the figure is placed.
Toovey Doraview full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, Tuesday 10 Aug 1937, Page 21, ‘ART SEASON NOW IN FULL SWING’:
A Mother Who Paints.
DORA TOOVEY, wife of the well-known artist, Jimmy Jackson, shows a landscape in oil entitled "Back o' Barrington." It is a fine painting, and compares well with works of some of the well-known men landscape painters exhibiting woiks at the show, such as Lister Lister and Eric Langker.
Dora Toovey admits she has learnt a great deal about art from her husband. In a year or two she intends to devote more time to painting.
At present her hands are occupied looking after her two young children, a boy and a girl. The boy is still a baby.
She painted "Back o' Barrington" with the baby more or less in her arms. She thinks you cannot look after very young children and be a painter. You will either have badly brought-up children or poorly-executed paintings.
When the children are old enough to enter
into family life and do things for themselves, it is different.
Dora Toovey thinks artists make excellent husbands, for the reason that their art keeps them out of mischief, especially if they are good artists.
Flaxman Mollieview full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, Tuesday 10 Aug 1937, Page 21, ‘ART SEASON NOW IN FULL SWING’:
Encouraged as Schoolgirl.
MOLLIE FLAXMAN, attractive brunette protegee of Lister Lister, shows two little landscapes which, like so many paintings, are typical of the artist's personality. They are neat and well groomed. Miss Flaxman lives with her mother and father at Bondi Junction, and, when she is not painting, helps with the family business.
Her mother encouraged her to paint when she was a schoolgirl. It was with her mother she attended the opening of the show.
Miss Flaxman drives her own car into the
country in search of views to paint. She parks the car in a quiet road and then goes hiking up hills or down dales till a suitable view is located. With her goes her fiance, Mr. Douglas Thistlethwaite, analytical chemist. He carries her apparatus and acts the part of a sort of "art caddy." They will be married in a year's time, but Mollie Flaxman is not going to give up paintng. Her future husband is an enthusiast for her
work.
O’Harris Pixieview full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, Tuesday 10 Aug 1937, Page 21, ‘ART SEASON NOW IN FULL SWING’:
Books of Fairy Tales.
AMONG the few women artists who earn their living from their art is Pixie O'Harris, who is Mrs. Bruce Pratt. It is only recently that this artist has started to exhibit her work. She held a private show recently in George Street, when people had an opportunity of seeing her exquisite
illustrations for books of fairy tales,
She is the daughter of the late Mr. G. F. Harris, a very fine English painter, and no doubt she inherits his talent. It is curious that she has never studied, yet her style is continuously improving, and there is little doubt she is only on the threshold of her artistic career. Her contiibutions to the show display an extraordinary variety of technique, and, for a self-taught artist,
an amazing intuitive knowledge of form. Study her little picture, "Big Sister." It was drawn, without models, straight out of the artist's mind, yet it is one of the most natural sketches in the exhibition.
Esch F W L reviewer of exhibitionview full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, Tuesday 10 Aug 1937, Page 21, ‘ART SEASON NOW IN FULL SWING’:
From the Country.
... NEW SOUTH WALES country scenes and the work of country painters figure prominently in the exhibition, There is work by Marjorie Arnold and Tempe Manning, of Bowral, the latter showing an unusual view of Bowral under snow. Mrs. E. G. White Burgess exhibits two interestng figure studies in costume, the best being "The
Green Scarf." Laura Booth and Winifred Caddy display views of Bathurst. Two fine pictures are shown by Edith Cusack. One during a recent rip to England pictures Penzance, Cornwall, with all the frigid charm of an English summer. It is outdone in bleak realism by Mrs. H. M. White's
study of summer in Switzerland.
The women's auxiliary committee which worked successfully for the International Art Exhibition held at the National Art Gallery last year is re-forming, with Lady Street as president.
The committee's object is not only to show their own appreciation of the loan collection of British masters, now on view, but to draw the attention of the general public to this wonderful artistic treat, and to help to make the National Art Gallery a friendly and congenial meeting-place for the art-loving people of Sydney. F. W. L. Esch.
Arnold Marjorie
view full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, Tuesday 10 Aug 1937, Page 21, ‘ART SEASON NOW IN FULL SWING’:
From the Country.
... NEW SOUTH WALES country scenes and the work of country painters figure prominently in the exhibition, There is work by Marjorie Arnold and Tempe Manning, of Bowral, the latter showing an unusual view of Bowral under snow. Mrs. E. G. White Burgess exhibits two interestng figure studies in costume, the best being "The
Green Scarf." Laura Booth and Winifred Caddy display views of Bathurst. Two fine pictures are shown by Edith Cusack. One during a recent rip to England pictures Penzance, Cornwall, with all the frigid charm of an English summer. It is outdone in bleak realism by Mrs. H. M. White's
study of summer in Switzerland.
The women's auxiliary committee which worked successfully for the International Art Exhibition held at the National Art Gallery last year is re-forming, with Lady Street as president.
The committee's object is not only to show their own appreciation of the loan collection of British masters, now on view, but to draw the attention of the general public to this wonderful artistic treat, and to help to make the National Art Gallery a friendly and congenial meeting-place for the art-loving people of Sydney. F. W. L. Esch.
Manning Tempe view full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, Tuesday 10 Aug 1937, Page 21, ‘ART SEASON NOW IN FULL SWING’:
From the Country.
... NEW SOUTH WALES country scenes and the work of country painters figure prominently in the exhibition, There is work by Marjorie Arnold and Tempe Manning, of Bowral, the latter showing an unusual view of Bowral under snow. Mrs. E. G. White Burgess exhibits two interestng figure studies in costume, the best being "The
Green Scarf." Laura Booth and Winifred Caddy display views of Bathurst. Two fine pictures are shown by Edith Cusack. One during a recent rip to England pictures Penzance, Cornwall, with all the frigid charm of an English summer. It is outdone in bleak realism by Mrs. H. M. White's
study of summer in Switzerland.
The women's auxiliary committee which worked successfully for the International Art Exhibition held at the National Art Gallery last year is re-forming, with Lady Street as president.
The committee's object is not only to show their own appreciation of the loan collection of British masters, now on view, but to draw the attention of the general public to this wonderful artistic treat, and to help to make the National Art Gallery a friendly and congenial meeting-place for the art-loving people of Sydney. F. W. L. Esch.
Burgess Mrs. E. G. White view full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, Tuesday 10 Aug 1937, Page 21, ‘ART SEASON NOW IN FULL SWING’:
From the Country.
... NEW SOUTH WALES country scenes and the work of country painters figure prominently in the exhibition, There is work by Marjorie Arnold and Tempe Manning, of Bowral, the latter showing an unusual view of Bowral under snow. Mrs. E. G. White Burgess exhibits two interestng figure studies in costume, the best being "The
Green Scarf." Laura Booth and Winifred Caddy display views of Bathurst. Two fine pictures are shown by Edith Cusack. One during a recent rip to England pictures Penzance, Cornwall, with all the frigid charm of an English summer. It is outdone in bleak realism by Mrs. H. M. White's
study of summer in Switzerland.
The women's auxiliary committee which worked successfully for the International Art Exhibition held at the National Art Gallery last year is re-forming, with Lady Street as president.
The committee's object is not only to show their own appreciation of the loan collection of British masters, now on view, but to draw the attention of the general public to this wonderful artistic treat, and to help to make the National Art Gallery a friendly and congenial meeting-place for the art-loving people of Sydney. F. W. L. Esch.
Booth Laura view full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, Tuesday 10 Aug 1937, Page 21, ‘ART SEASON NOW IN FULL SWING’:
From the Country.
... NEW SOUTH WALES country scenes and the work of country painters figure prominently in the exhibition, There is work by Marjorie Arnold and Tempe Manning, of Bowral, the latter showing an unusual view of Bowral under snow. Mrs. E. G. White Burgess exhibits two interestng figure studies in costume, the best being "The
Green Scarf." Laura Booth and Winifred Caddy display views of Bathurst. Two fine pictures are shown by Edith Cusack. One during a recent rip to England pictures Penzance, Cornwall, with all the frigid charm of an English summer. It is outdone in bleak realism by Mrs. H. M. White's
study of summer in Switzerland.
The women's auxiliary committee which worked successfully for the International Art Exhibition held at the National Art Gallery last year is re-forming, with Lady Street as president.
The committee's object is not only to show their own appreciation of the loan collection of British masters, now on view, but to draw the attention of the general public to this wonderful artistic treat, and to help to make the National Art Gallery a friendly and congenial meeting-place for the art-loving people of Sydney. F. W. L. Esch.
Caddy Winifred view full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, Tuesday 10 Aug 1937, Page 21, ‘ART SEASON NOW IN FULL SWING’:
From the Country.
... NEW SOUTH WALES country scenes and the work of country painters figure prominently in the exhibition, There is work by Marjorie Arnold and Tempe Manning, of Bowral, the latter showing an unusual view of Bowral under snow. Mrs. E. G. White Burgess exhibits two interestng figure studies in costume, the best being "The
Green Scarf." Laura Booth and Winifred Caddy display views of Bathurst. Two fine pictures are shown by Edith Cusack. One during a recent rip to England pictures Penzance, Cornwall, with all the frigid charm of an English summer. It is outdone in bleak realism by Mrs. H. M. White's
study of summer in Switzerland.
The women's auxiliary committee which worked successfully for the International Art Exhibition held at the National Art Gallery last year is re-forming, with Lady Street as president.
The committee's object is not only to show their own appreciation of the loan collection of British masters, now on view, but to draw the attention of the general public to this wonderful artistic treat, and to help to make the National Art Gallery a friendly and congenial meeting-place for the art-loving people of Sydney. F. W. L. Esch.
Cusack Edith view full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, Tuesday 10 Aug 1937, Page 21, ‘ART SEASON NOW IN FULL SWING’:
From the Country.
... NEW SOUTH WALES country scenes and the work of country painters figure prominently in the exhibition, There is work by Marjorie Arnold and Tempe Manning, of Bowral, the latter showing an unusual view of Bowral under snow. Mrs. E. G. White Burgess exhibits two interestng figure studies in costume, the best being "The
Green Scarf." Laura Booth and Winifred Caddy display views of Bathurst. Two fine pictures are shown by Edith Cusack. One during a recent rip to England pictures Penzance, Cornwall, with all the frigid charm of an English summer. It is outdone in bleak realism by Mrs. H. M. White's
study of summer in Switzerland.
The women's auxiliary committee which worked successfully for the International Art Exhibition held at the National Art Gallery last year is re-forming, with Lady Street as president.
The committee's object is not only to show their own appreciation of the loan collection of British masters, now on view, but to draw the attention of the general public to this wonderful artistic treat, and to help to make the National Art Gallery a friendly and congenial meeting-place for the art-loving people of Sydney. F. W. L. Esch.
White Mrs. H. M. view full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, Tuesday 10 Aug 1937, Page 21, ‘ART SEASON NOW IN FULL SWING’:
From the Country.
... NEW SOUTH WALES country scenes and the work of country painters figure prominently in the exhibition, There is work by Marjorie Arnold and Tempe Manning, of Bowral, the latter showing an unusual view of Bowral under snow. Mrs. E. G. White Burgess exhibits two interestng figure studies in costume, the best being "The
Green Scarf." Laura Booth and Winifred Caddy display views of Bathurst. Two fine pictures are shown by Edith Cusack. One during a recent rip to England pictures Penzance, Cornwall, with all the frigid charm of an English summer. It is outdone in bleak realism by Mrs. H. M. White's
study of summer in Switzerland.
The women's auxiliary committee which worked successfully for the International Art Exhibition held at the National Art Gallery last year is re-forming, with Lady Street as president.
The committee's object is not only to show their own appreciation of the loan collection of British masters, now on view, but to draw the attention of the general public to this wonderful artistic treat, and to help to make the National Art Gallery a friendly and congenial meeting-place for the art-loving people of Sydney. F. W. L. Esch.
Leunig Maryview full entry
Reference: A Piece of Cake, by Mary Leunig.
Publishing details: Penguin, 1986
Ref: 1000
Leunig Maryview full entry
Reference: One Good Turn, by Mary Leunig.
Publishing details: The Lifted Brow(2018),
Ref: 1000
Leunig Maryview full entry
Reference: see Wikipedia: Mary Leunig (born 1950) is an Australian visual artist who has had work featured in such publications as The Age, Meanjin, Nation Review, Heat Magazine, AWU Magazine, Time, Penthouse, Der Rabe, and The Meatworkers Journal... Mary Leunig grew up in Maidstone, Melbourne where she attended Footscray North State School and Maribyrnong High School. Leunig has two sisters, and her brother, Michael Leunig (born 1945), is also a popular and accomplished cartoonist and poet. She began studying art at Prahran Institute of Technology, and later Preston Institute of Technology, where she completed her studies, majoring in drawing and printmaking.[1] Her future husband was also a student at Prahran.[4] Her cartoons are drawn in pen and watercolour with black lines and vibrant colours.[5] Her work often includes political and feminist themes and usually contains elements that are humorous or confronting.[6]... Leunig married Leon Norster (born 1950) and they have two children.[7] She lives and works in Merton in the Strathbogie Ranges of Victoria.[8][9][10]...

200 years of Australian works on paper from 1811 to 2011view full entry
Reference: 200 years of Australian works on paper : from 1811 to 2011. Exhibition at Philip Bacon Galleries. No biographical information on artists.
Publishing details: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2011, 19 p. : ill. (some col.) with price list.
Ref: 146
Katte Frederick and Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Gauvin Dorothy portrait of Dr Elaine Katteview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Barron Howard with brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Esling Gordonview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Salvana Johnview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Wakelin Rolandview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Eldershaw Johnview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Raglass Maxview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Namatjira Albertview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Daws Lawrenceview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Pugh Cliftonview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Boyd Davidview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Blackman Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Inson Graemeview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Baker Alan Dview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
French Leonardview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Fullbrook Samview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Frazer Neilview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Proud Geoffreyview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Sawrey Hughview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Steinmann Heinzview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Stubbs Douglasview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Lane Harold 1925-2012view full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Fairweather Ian watercolour c1921view full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Crooke Rayview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Rigby Johnview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Parker Colinview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Gleghorn Tomview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Paterson Nanview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Churcher Peterview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Dargie Williamview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Katte Elaineview full entry
Reference: see Katte Art Collection: Selected Aspects. A short essay on each work, with some biographical information. The collection of Frederick and Margaret Katte. [’Collection of works from the Katte Art Collections featuring Australian artists circa 1945 to 2009. The Katte Art Collection - Selected Aspects cover design featuring a work by Clifton Pugh. The book was over a year in the making and contains works by most of the great post-war Australian painters along with a good section of the Decorative Arts. Included is a forward by Philip Bacon AM and an Essay by Ross Searle. Due for release at the launch by Angela Goddard of Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art on April 18th this was a major project and has been handled entirely by 3E Innovative.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Publisher
3E Innovative, hb, Published March 2015, Pages: 84
Alcorso Claudioview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Annand Douglas 4 refsview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Bellette Jeanview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Blakebrough Blakeview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Byers Peterview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Smith Jack Carrington 5 refsview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Constable William 1refview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Dalgarno Roy 1refview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Giles Patricia 1refview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Danciger Alice 5 refsview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Drysdale Russell 5 refsview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Feint Adrien 2 refsview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Grounds Roy 6 refsview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Kaldor John 6 refsview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Modernage exhibition numerous refsview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Orban Desiderius 2 refsview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Preston Margaret 4 refsview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Shillito Miss 2 refsview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Smith Syd Ure 3 refsview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Walker Stephen 2 refsview full entry
Reference: Colour and Movement: The Life of Claudio Alcorso, by Stephanie Cahalan. With index. ‘Colour and movement: The life of Claudio Alcorso is a study of a humanist, entrepreneur, patron of the arts and conservationist.
After fleeing fascism in Italy and enduring incarceration in Australia in World War II, Alcorso became a champion of textiles and the arts, pioneer of Tasmania’s cool climate wine industry, and architect of Hobart’s cultural precinct. Alcorso was at the leading edge of Australia’s twentieth century multicultural and artistic awakening.
Claudio helped redraft the cultural blueprint of Tasmania during his journey from one of Rome’s elite, to the bankrupted tenant of his beloved Moorilla Estate in far-flung Hobart. There he watched the winery he created commence its transformation into MONA, the dissident private museum that has, in turn, reshaped contemporary Tasmania’s view of itself and its place in the world.
Painted through personal accounts, letters and rarely seen images, this portrait of Alcorso shows that his feats will forever dwarf his failures.’

Publishing details: Hobart: Forty South Publishing, 2019.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 24cm. xvi, 192 pages, illustrations, some colour. Illustrated french fold wrapper.
Modernage - A New Approach to Textile Designing Aview full entry
Reference: see A New approach to textile designing / by a group of Aust From AGNSW website:ralian artists, with a foreword by Claudio Alcorso. [J T Burke writes on '100 Years of Industrial Design'; Sydney Ure Smith writes on 'Vision & Confidence In Art For Textiles'; C M Foley writes on 'Art In A Textile Printing Factory' and Desiderius Orban writes on 'How It Happened' (that he taught the workers at the Silk & Textile Printers). This booklet reproduces the designs of 33 artists with with the artists' statements for each pattern.] From AGNSW website, referring to the Drysdale example in their collection:
‘This fabric design resulted from a unique collaboration between Australian artists and the commercial textile industry during 1946-47. The enterprise was remarkable because it was then common practice to buy fabric designs from overseas for printing in Australia.
Claudio Alcorso director of Silk and Textile Printers, invited a large group of Australian artists to make designs for furnishings and fashion. After a trial run in 1946, the 'Modernage' range of fabrics was launched the following year and exhibited at Sydney's Hotel Australia, where girls dressed in some of the fabrics sold copies of the specially produced book 'A new approach to textile designing by a group of Australian artists', published by Sydney Ure Smith. The latter illustrated 46 designs by 33 artists with notes by each artist and essays by key figures in the enterprise, including Art Gallery of New South Wales director Hal Missingham. While some artists worked as though creating paintings, others like those shown here, gave greater consideration to the need for repetition of the design whilst preserving an overall unity of effect.
There was widespread publicity, with newspaper and magazine stories and displays in the windows of David Jones department store. The fabric range was displayed to similar acclaim in Melbourne, with subsequent tours to the USA and Canada. Despite both critical and popular acclaim however, it met with only limited commercial success, which Alcorso later attributed to a post-war climate of conservatism in Australia.’

see also:
see Barsby Auctions, Monthly Auction (Art lots only), Sydney, 18/02/2017, Lot No. 524
'Pearl Divers'
Fabric, 79 x 87 cm,
Manufactured for an exhibition in 1947 of Modernage fabrics. Desgned by Donald Friend. In 1947 Claudio Alcorso of Silk & Textiles Printers Pty Ltd (STP) organised the exhibition. Modernage Fabrics, which consisted of 46 fabric designs by 33 Australian artists. The fabrics printed by his company in the colours and materials selected by the artists were exhibited in Sydney and Melbourne. Alcorso hoped this textile exhibition would inspire Australian industries to commission Australian artists to design their products instead of copying overseas designs.
Publishing details: Ure Smith, 1947 
40 p. : ill. (some col.)
Hanks Rewview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Brew Iainview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
de Rosa Keiraview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Bartlett Geoffreyview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Cassab Judyview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Blackman Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Bancroft Bronwynview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Djalparaview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Eager Helenview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Fritz Helliview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Namatjira Enosview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Spowers Ethelview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Children of Mia Miaview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Mia Mia Children of view full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Warren Guyview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Watters Maxview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Alexakis Effy 4 worls view full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Morley Lewisview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Thompson Tomview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Norris Barnablyview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Tjapanangka Long Tomview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Gazzard Marea 3 wiorksview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Hinder Margelview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Adam Victorview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Doolin Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Johnson Timview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Lewers Margoview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Maruview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
McGillick Tonyview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Preston Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Schlicht Rollinview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Tuckson Tonyview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Oldfield Ron 6 worksview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Friedman Reneeview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Brack Johnview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Jones Jana p116view full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Norman Jenny p116view full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Moore Timothyview full entry
Reference: see Affinities : 7 museums, 50 objects : Macquarie University Art Gallery 14 March - 25 May 2014 / Macquarie University Museums and Collections curatorial team.
Publishing details: Sydney : Macquarie University, 2014 
121 pages
Horne G. M. , view full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Hill Mview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Rowe F. K. , view full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Hardy C. J , view full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Bleim J. view full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Vinter Johnview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Longstaff John 3 worksview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Raglass Maxview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Buckmaster Ernestview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Bernaldo Allan Thomasview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Bell George Henry Frederickview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Herbert Harold Brocklebankview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Rowell John Nightingaleview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Dargie william Alexanderview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Quinn James Peter with biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Shore Arnoldview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Gurdon Norah with biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Gurdon Norah with biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Loxton John S with biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Long Sydney with biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Ramsay Hughview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Pick John with biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Annois Leonard Lloydview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Annois Lenview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Johnson Robertview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
McCubbin Frederickview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Paterson Betty with biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Watson James D with biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Young William Blamire with biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Coleman Alfred 1886-1948 with biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Moore Alan with biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Currie A no biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Hellier Dermont James John with biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
Hellier Dermont James John with biographyview full entry
Reference: see City of Shepparton: Catalogue of the Shepparton Art Collection. Includes biographical information on artists. Includes some b&w illustrations, and a catalogue up to number 37. Typewritten list pasted in with additional catalogue numbers 38-80,including some lesser known artists, eg, G. M. Horne, M. Hill, ?F. K. Rowe, C. J Hardy, J. Bleim, John Vinter,
Publishing details: Shepparton City Council, Victoria, 1949. 12mo, PB, 29pp.
New Womanview full entry
Reference: New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Woman artistsview full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Marcus Donna sculptor p 10 69 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Drew Marian p 10 84 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Cuppaidge Virginia p 10 47 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Schoenheimer-Wagner Leigh p 10 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Avery Eleanor p100 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Reynolds Genevieve Felix p 10view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Johnstone Gallery p 10view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Amos Irene 10 51view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Lahey Vida p11 24-5view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Sheldon Jeanette p11 20view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Bott Sarah Ellen p11 18-19view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Miya Studio p12view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Metcalfe Nona Waldie p12 40-1view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Ryder Mona p12 76-7 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Beetson Bianca p98 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Bell Catherine p114 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Allen Davida p63 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Black Karen p89 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Brock Bridgid p135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Brooker Anne p135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Carmichael Elisa Jane p102-3 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Churcher Benjamin p135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Churcher Paul p135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Conrad Janet p135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Coombs Courtney p120 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Coulter Emma p105 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Cope Megan p97 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Cummings Elizabeth p60 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Dauber Christine p135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Fragar Julie p119 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Eisler Simone p127 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Foley Fiona p10 90-1 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Georgetti Diena p113 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Grant John and Susan p135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Haynes Rachel p125 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Heath Barbara p70 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Henderson Glen p110 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Herd Jennifer p115 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Higgins Andrea p121 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Hinwood Rhyl p64 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Hoffie Patricia p122-3 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Hogan Annie p80 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Hollie p74 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Hughes Natalie p108 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Jorgensen Jan p112 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Kelly Madelaine p96 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Kentish Judith p66 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Lang Alice p104 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Lawrie Dana p106 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
MacFarlane Ingereth p135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
McCowan Bronwyn p135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Maslen Geoffrey p135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
McGregor Carol p107 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Milani Lyndall p81 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Mills Wendy p75 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Moffatt Tracey p85 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Morrow Christine p65 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Orr Glenda p126 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Paton Nat p87 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Peach Dianne p73 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Rohan Monica p93 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Schoenheimer Joy p 10 49 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
See Pamela p128-9 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Selig Sandra p118 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Shillam Kathleen p55-6 59 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Simpson Sancintya p94-5 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Slater Annie p 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Smith Gemma p92 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Staunton Madonna p50 124 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Target Simon p 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Teeland Elizabeth p 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Thompson Nicholas p 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Tupicoff June p72 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Walker Petrina p 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Wallace Anna p82-3 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Watson Jenny p12 52-3 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Watson Judy p111 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Watson Lilla p79 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Were Ian p 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Wight Normana p86 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Woods Elizabeth p101 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Wright Judith p67 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Wyman Jemima p109 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Yeates Andrews p 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Yeates Michael p 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Younger Jay p68 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Zatorska Beata p 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Barth James p117 135view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Barker Caroline portrait c1925 p17 and p71view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Mayo Daphne p21-3view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Grant Gwendolyn p26-7view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Greene Annie Alison p28view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Gibson Bessie p29view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Churcher Betty p31view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Olley Margaret p32view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
McCausland Lola p33view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Prentice Patricia p34view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Cilento Margaret p35 43view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Ashworth Olive p36-7view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Quelhurst Betty p 38-9view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Noonunccal Oodgeroo p42view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Robinson Conty p45view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
MacFarlane Pamela p44view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Yeates Bronwyn p 48view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Schneider Phyllis p54view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Ricketts Joan p57view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Norrie Mary p58view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Roggenkamp Joy p61view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Pigott Gwyn Hanssen p78view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Porch Debra p99view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Blacklock Naomi p 116view full entry
Reference: see New Woman. A catalogue to accompany the exhibition New Woman at Museum of Brisbane, on display between 13 September 2019 - 15 March 2020. New Woman reveals the art, personal stories and enduring legacies of Brisbane's most significant and ground-breaking female artists of the past 100 years. Authors: Sallyanne Atkinson, Paul Spiro, Renai Grace, Louise Martin-Chew, Miranda Hine.
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, 2019, 136pp, hc.
Beckett Clariceview full entry
Reference: see essay in Inside Story, ‘An exact illusion of reality. In search of the artist behind the Art Gallery of South Australia’s widely praised exhibition,’ by Tim Colebatch, former economics editor and columnist for the Age, 1 May, 2021. Includes thformation on Rosalind Holingrake finding Clarice Beckett’s paintings in shed.
Publishing details: https://insidestory.org.au/an-exact-illusion-of-reality/
Museum and Gallery Services Queensland view full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Martin Mandyview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Gela Anne Abednegoview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Bunny Rupert The Harem c1913view full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Boles Bernard in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Yaxley William in Ipswiich Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
King-Smith Leahview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
King-Smith Leah in QUT collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
QUT Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Ipswiich Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Drew Marian in Griffith University Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Griffith University Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Burn Ian in University of Queensland Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
University of Queensland Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Dowling Robert Hawker in University of Queensland Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Watson Judy in Toowoomba Regional Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Toowoomba Regional Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Thaiday Ken Snr in Ipswich Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Wei Guan in Gold Coast City Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Gold Coast City Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Nona Dennis in Griffith University Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Li Wei HanRosanna in Logan Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Logan Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Shen Jaiwei in University of Queensland Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Delessert Eugene in Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery 5 illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Hirata Mari in Gold Coast City Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Siune John in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Robinson Brian in Cairns Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Cairns Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Dupain Max in University of Queensland Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Artspace Mackayview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Mackay Artspace view full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
McBurney Maria Emma in Artspace Mackayview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Outteridge Adele in Artspace Mackayview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Carchesion Eugene in Artspace Mackayview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Skien Glen in Artspace Mackayview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Ahad Farhana in Artspace Mackayview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Hitti Deanna in Artspace Mackayview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Marten Annie Pring 1873 in Artspace Mackayview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Marten Annie Pring 1870s in Artspace Mackay 2 illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Bustard William 1894-1973 in Bundaberg Regional Art Gallery 3 works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Bundaberg Regional Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Fristrom Oscar 1856-1918 in Bundaberg Regional Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Toovey Dora in Bundaberg Regional Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Gallop Herbert Reginald in Bundaberg Regional Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Omeenyo Fiona in Cairns Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Oldfield Alan in Cairns Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Oldfield Alan in Cairns Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Williams Fred in Cairns Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Tipoti Alick in Cairns Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Namok Rosella in Cairns Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Picket Shane in Sunshine Coast Regional Councilview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Albert Tony in Sunshine Coast Regional Council 5 illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Sunshine Coast Regional Councilview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Jamieson Gil in CQ University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
CQ University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Edwards Shaun in CQ University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
MacDonald Fiona in CQ University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Yaxley William in CQ University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Cattapan Jon in CQ University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Martin Marcellin Louis 1837-1908 in CQ University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Chrcher Roy in Dalby Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Dalby Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Peart John in Dalby Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Whisson Ken in Dalby Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Anderson Peter in Emerald Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Emerald Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Amor Rick in Emerald Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Bennett Gordon in Emerald Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Coburn John in Gallery Hitchinbrook 5 illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Gallery Hitchinbrook Queenslandview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Hitchinbrook Gallery Queenslandview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Schoenfisch-Young Wendy in Gladtone Regional Art Gallery and Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Gladtone Regional Art Gallery and Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Hynes Jan in Gladtone Regional Art Gallery and Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Baker John in Gladtone Regional Art Gallery and Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Wood Beryl in Gladtone Regional Art Gallery and Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Dobrinin Marguerita in Gladtone Regional Art Gallery and Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Neilsen Ellie in Gladtone Regional Art Gallery and Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Robinson William in Gold Coast City Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Gascoigne Rosalie in Gold Coast City Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Macintyre Alasdair in Gold Coast City Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Wedd Gerry in Gold Coast City Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Zavros Michael in Gold Coast City Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Thankupi in Gold Coast City Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Allen Davida in Gold Coast City Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Bode Edwin 1859-1926 in Gold Coast City Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Zahalka Anne in Gold Coast City Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Griffith University Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Roberts Luke in Griffith University Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Allen Davida in Griffith University Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Kreckler Derek in Griffith University Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Thaiday Ken Snr in Griffith University Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Bennett Gordon in Griffith University Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Arkley Howard in Griffith University Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Koomeeta Craig in Griffith University Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Namok Rosella in Ipswiich Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Johnson Tim in Ipswiich Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Quilty Ben in Ipswiich Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Vassilieff Danila in Ipswiich Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Piccinini Patricia in Ipswiich Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Hobson Samantha in Ipswiich Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
James Cook University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
in Smith Grace Cossington James Cook University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Crooke Ray in James Cook University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Roughsey Dick in James Cook University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Goobalathaldin Roughsey Dick in James Cook University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Roughsey Dickview full entry
Reference: see Goobalathaldin Dick (Roughsey)
Lymburner Francis in James Cook University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Fullbrook Sam in James Cook University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Proctor Thea in James Cook University Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
KickArts Contemporary Arts Cairnsview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Missi Billy at KickArts Contemporary Arts Cairnsview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Meeks Arone Raymond at KickArts Contemporary Arts Cairnsview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Darmansjah Dian at KickArts Contemporary Arts Cairnsview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Djumbunji Press at KickArts Contemporary Arts Cairnsview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Logan Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Trotter Christopeher in Logan Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Gilmour Guy in Logan Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Spooner Rodney in Logan Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Barker Jill in Logan Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Avery Scott in Logan Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Burgler Joanna in Logan Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Morrow Christine in Logan Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Moreton Bay Regional Council Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Hall Miles in Moreton Bay Regional Council Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Shillam Leonard in Moreton Bay Regional Council Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Fristrom Oscar in Moreton Bay Regional Council Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Crooke Ray in Moreton Bay Regional Council Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Jewell Sharon in Moreton Bay Regional Council Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Brisbane City Collection - City of Brisbane Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Rees Lloyd in City of Brisbane Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Lahey Vida in City of Brisbane Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Bustard William in City of Brisbane Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Watts James Laurence 1849-1925 in City of Brisbane Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Outback Regional Gallery Wintonview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Winton Outback Regional Gallery view full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Ogg Sally in Outback Regional Gallery Wintonview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
McQueen Rob in Outback Regional Gallery Wintonview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Marchant Bob in Outback Regional Gallery Wintonview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Sawrey Hugh in Outback Regional Gallery Wintonview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Mayo Daphne in Outback Regional Gallery Wintonview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Trotter Christopher in Outback Regional Gallery Wintonview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Spowart Ruby in Outback Regional Gallery Wintonview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Ah Kee Vernon in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Hynes Jan in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Henry Desley in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Higson Shayne in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Adams Tate in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Silver Anneke in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Risley Tom in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
McBurnie Ron in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Crooke Ray in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Balfour James Lawson 1870-1966 in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Reid Mark Watt in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Fitzgerald Shane in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Gittoes George in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Lyre Bird Press in Perc Gucker Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Macqueen Kenneth in QUT Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Stacey Robyn in QUT Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Selig Sandra in QUT Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Coburn John in QUT Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Bell Richard in QUT Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Robinson William in QUT Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Redland Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Faulkner Kay in Redland Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Ashby Nick in Redland Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
McKenna Noel in Redland Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Mansfield Deb in Redland Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Rockhampton Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Boyd Arthur in Rockhampton Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Olley Margaret in Rockhampton Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Dargie William in Rockhampton Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Smart Jeffrey in Rockhampton Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Murch Arthur in Rockhampton Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Brack John in Rockhampton Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Drysdale Russell in Rockhampton Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Blackman Charles in Rockhampton Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Abbott Lemuel Francis (British) in Rockhampton Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Amor Rick in Rockhampton Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Stanthorpe Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Molvig Jon in Stanthorpe Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Robinson William in Stanthorpe Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Heron Don in Stanthorpe Regional Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
University of Queensland Art Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
MacPherson Robert in University of Queensland Art Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Liu Xiao Xian in University of Queensland Art Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Redford Scott in University of Queensland Art Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Moffatt Tracey in University of Queensland Art Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Friend Donald in University of Queensland Art Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Bell Richard in University of Queensland Art Museum 2 works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Hester Joy in University of Queensland Art Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Dupain Max in University of Queensland Art Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Nolan Sidney in University of Queensland Art Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Laing Rosemary in University of Queensland Art Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Smart Jeffrey in University of Queensland Art Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Crooke Ray in University of Queensland Art Museumview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Toowoomba Regional art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Fox E PhillipsToowoomba Regional art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Hunter George Leslie 1877-1931 Toowoomba Regional art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Adair-Smith Brendan in Toowoomba Regional art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
McIntyre Alasdair in Toowoomba Regional art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Pickersgill Frederick Richard portrait of Queen Victoria in Toowoomba Regional art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Serico Vincent in Toowoomba Regional art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Hele Ivor in Toowoomba Regional art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Jenner Isaac Walter in Toowoomba Regional art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Pigott Gwyn Hansen in Toowoomba Regional art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Streeton Arthur in Toowoomba Regional art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
University of Southern Queensland Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Southern Queensland University Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Furlonger Joe in University of Southern Queensland Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Bennett Gordon in University of Southern Queensland Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
University of Sunshine Coast Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Watson Judy in University of Sunshine Coast Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Uhlmann Norma in University of Sunshine Coast Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
History Of Professional Photography In Australiaview full entry
Reference: A History Of Professional Photography In Australia, by Paul Curtis. [This book shows how 'Australia's professional photographers struggled with technology, boom & bust csycles and polittics to push themselves to new heights'.’]
Publishing details: Published by Australian Institute Of Professional Photography, AIPP Sydney, 2013, 218pp, b/w illusts
Ref: 1000
Photography In Australiaview full entry
Reference: see A History Of Professional Photography In Australia, by Paul Curtis. [This book shows how 'Australia's professional photographers struggled with technology, boom & bust csycles and polittics to push themselves to new heights'.’]
Publishing details: Published by Australian Institute Of Professional Photography, AIPP Sydney, 2013, 218pp, b/w illusts
Photography Of The Ageview full entry
Reference: Photography Of The Age: Newspaper Photography In Australia, by Kathleen Whelan.
Publishing details: Published by Hale & Iremonger Sydney 1993, 144pp, hc.
Ref: 1000
Symons Suellenview full entry
Reference: Garden of Eden - landscape photography in Australia. illustrated with photographs of New South Wales landscapes. Symons took these photopgraphs of Australian landscapes between 2012 & 2014.
Publishing details: [Redfern, New South Wales] : [Suellen Symons], [2014]. Oblong quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 26,
Ref: 1000
Press photographyview full entry
Reference: see Shooting the picture - Press photography in Australia by Sally Young, Fay Anderson [’Shooting The Picture is the story of Australian press photography from 1888 to today—the power of the medium, seismic changes in the newspaper industry, and photographers who were often more colourful than their subjects. This groundbreaking book explores our political leaders and campaigns, crime, war and censorship, international events, disasters and trauma, sport, celebrity, gender, race and migration. It maps the technological evolution in the industry from the dark room to digital, from picturegram machines to iPhones, and from the death knock to the ascendancy of social media. It raises the question whether these changes will spell the end of traditional press photography as we know it.

About the authors
Associate Professor Fay Anderson lectures in the School of Media, Film and Journalism at Monash University. She has published widely on media history, war journalism, genocide, photography and violence. Fay Anderson and Richard Trembath's book Witnesses to War: The History of Australian Conflict Reporting was published by MUP in 2011.

Associate Professor Sally Young is a reader in political science and an Australian Research Council Future Fellow for 2014-17. She has published extensively in the areas of Australian politics, Australian media, political communication and journalism studies and writes a monthly column for Fairfax Media.
- See more at: https://www.mup.com.au/items/184159#sthash.hmXzNgpK.dpuf’]
Publishing details: The Miegunyah Press, 2016.
4to, 360pp. Black & white illustrations.
photographyview full entry
Reference: see Shooting the picture - Press photography in Australia by Sally Young, Fay Anderson [’Shooting The Picture is the story of Australian press photography from 1888 to today—the power of the medium, seismic changes in the newspaper industry, and photographers who were often more colourful than their subjects. This groundbreaking book explores our political leaders and campaigns, crime, war and censorship, international events, disasters and trauma, sport, celebrity, gender, race and migration. It maps the technological evolution in the industry from the dark room to digital, from picturegram machines to iPhones, and from the death knock to the ascendancy of social media. It raises the question whether these changes will spell the end of traditional press photography as we know it.

About the authors
Associate Professor Fay Anderson lectures in the School of Media, Film and Journalism at Monash University. She has published widely on media history, war journalism, genocide, photography and violence. Fay Anderson and Richard Trembath's book Witnesses to War: The History of Australian Conflict Reporting was published by MUP in 2011.

Associate Professor Sally Young is a reader in political science and an Australian Research Council Future Fellow for 2014-17. She has published extensively in the areas of Australian politics, Australian media, political communication and journalism studies and writes a monthly column for Fairfax Media.
- See more at: https://www.mup.com.au/items/184159#sthash.hmXzNgpK.dpuf’]
Publishing details: The Miegunyah Press, 2016.
4to, 360pp. Black & white illustrations.
Boyd Robinview full entry
Reference: Transition No 38 Discourse On Architecture: Special Issue: Robin Boyd - Complete Catalogue Of Robin Boyd's Writing & Writing On Boyd's Work, by Harriet Enquist, & Philip Goad.
This issue has 11 articles on Boyd as architect and critic as well as a chronological list of all his works. The rest of th issue has review articles on Guilford Bell, the chair's report of the housing design competition; the Australian National Maritime museum, inter-war housingf etc.
Publishing details: RMIT Melbourne, 300pp, pb
Ref: 1000
Olympic Architectureview full entry
Reference: Olympic Architecture: Building Sydney 2000
Patrick Bingham-Hall, Paul McGillick & Philip Goad. This book provides a complete overview of Sydney's Olympic venues.
Publishing details: Watermark, Melbourne 1999, 2006, 80pp, b/w & colour illusts, hc.
Ref: 1000
Architectureview full entry
Reference: see Olympic Architecture: Building Sydney 2000
Patrick Bingham-Hall, Paul McGillick & Philip Goad. This book provides a complete overview of Sydney's Olympic venues.
Publishing details: Watermark, Melbourne 1999, 2006, 80pp, b/w & colour illusts, hc.
New Directions In Australian Architectureview full entry
Reference: New Directions In Australian Architecture, by Patrick Bingham-Hall, (illusts) & Philip Goad (text). This book profiles the work of Andresen O'Gorman; Ashton Raggatt McDougall; Donovan Hill; Engelen Moore; Sean Godsell; Jones Coulter Young; Lyons Architects; Nation Fender Katsalidis; Stutchbury & Pape; Kerstin Thompson; Tonkin, Zulaikha Greer; Troppo; John Wardle; Wood Marsh.
Publishing details: Pesaro Publishing Sydney 2001, 296pp, Colour Illusts, hardcover in dustjacket
Ref: 1000
Bingham-Hall Patrick illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see New Directions In Australian Architecture, by Patrick Bingham-Hall, (illusts) & Philip Goad (text). This book profiles the work of Andresen O'Gorman; Ashton Raggatt McDougall; Donovan Hill; Engelen Moore; Sean Godsell; Jones Coulter Young; Lyons Architects; Nation Fender Katsalidis; Stutchbury & Pape; Kerstin Thompson; Tonkin, Zulaikha Greer; Troppo; John Wardle; Wood Marsh.
Publishing details: Pesaro Publishing Sydney 2001, 296pp, Colour Illusts, hardcover in dustjacket
Vision: Art, Architecture & The National Gallery Of Australiaview full entry
Reference: Vision: Art, Architecture & The National Gallery Of Australia, by Nick Mitzevich, Bruce Johnson Mclean; Philip Goad; Lucina Ward & Simeran Maxwell. [Goad tracks the history of Col Madigan's design and construction. Ward & Maxwell detail the NGA's first display of its collection.]
'A beautifully illustrated celebration of one of the nation's most remarkable buildings - Australia's National Gallery.

The story of the conception of the National Gallery of Australia building - its design, construction and controversial aftermath - has all the qualities of a Promethean struggle. Planned in the open-minded 1970s but birthed in the more conventional 1980s, the National Gallery building has not always been understood or embraced.

Forty years since the opening of the National Gallery on the shores of Lake Burley Griffin, it's time to recognise the building's ambition, beauty and, as Phillip Goad writes, 'dare to uncover its bones, revel in its concrete presence and retrieve its vision'.

Vision is a celebration of this significant landmark in the history of Australian architecture, exploring the gallery in its entirety - from its founding on Ngunnawal and Ngambri Country to its status today as a world-renowned gallery.

Designed by John Warwicker, this elegant volume features an essay by internationally respected architectural historian Philip Goad and reflections from National Gallery curators Lucina Ward and Simeran Maxwell on the gallery's first exhibition, alongside never-before-published images from the Gallery's photographic archive.

Vision will appeal to lovers of art, architecture and Australian history.

About the National Gallery

Since it was first established in 1967, the National Gallery has played a leadership role in shaping visual arts culture across Australia. Forty years on from the official opening of the Col Madigan building, it continues to be a national cultural leader, championing a contemporary cultural agenda with art and artists at the heart of its engagement with the community.'
Publishing details: Black Inc for NGA, Canberra 2022, 120pp, b/w & colour illusts, very ood hardback with decorated baords (no dustwrapper as issued
Ref: 1000
National Gallery Of Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Vision: Art, Architecture & The National Gallery Of Australia, by Nick Mitzevich, Bruce Johnson Mclean; Philip Goad; Lucina Ward & Simeran Maxwell. [Goad tracks the history of Col Madigan's design and construction. Ward & Maxwell detail the NGA's first display of its collection.]
Publishing details: Black Inc for NGA, Canberra 2022, 120pp, b/w & colour illusts, very ood hardback with decorated baords (no dustwrapper as issued
Durbach Block - The Luminous Space Of Abstractionview full entry
Reference: Durbach Block: The Luminous Space Of Abstraction, by Harry Margalit, & Philip Goad.
This book shows 13 Sydney based projects: Tusculum; House Vinh; Darling Point House; modern urban housing; Einfield House; hillside house; Fostr Street Apartment; Wagga Wagga Civic Centre; Federation Square; Hunters Hill House; Student Housing, RMIT; Vista Street; amenities buildinsg, Sydney Olympic Site.
Publishing details: Pesaro, Sydney 1999, 96pp, colour illusts,, pb.
Ref: 1000
architectureview full entry
Reference: see Durbach Block: The Luminous Space Of Abstraction, by Harry Margalit, & Philip Goad.
This book shows 13 Sydney based projects: Tusculum; House Vinh; Darling Point House; modern urban housing; Einfield House; hillside house; Fostr Street Apartment; Wagga Wagga Civic Centre; Federation Square; Hunters Hill House; Student Housing, RMIT; Vista Street; amenities buildinsg, Sydney Olympic Site.
Publishing details: Pesaro, Sydney 1999, 96pp, colour illusts,, pb.
Momentum: New Victorian Architectureview full entry
Reference: Momentum: New Victorian Architecture,
by Philip Goad, et al. [The essays are: a view from far & near: homegrown; architecture in the regions, a Victorian tradition of experimentation; who architects design for and who they are when they design; an architectural ecology, speculations on emergent practices; case studioes. There is a section on selected projects (52-402pp).]
Publishing details: The Office Of The Victorian Government Architect, Melbourne 2012, 448pp, b/w & colour illusts, very good+ paperback with decorated French flaps in card slipcase
Ref: 1000
Architectureview full entry
Reference: see Momentum: New Victorian Architecture,
by Philip Goad, et al. [The essays are: a view from far & near: homegrown; architecture in the regions, a Victorian tradition of experimentation; who architects design for and who they are when they design; an architectural ecology, speculations on emergent practices; case studioes. There is a section on selected projects (52-402pp).]
Publishing details: The Office Of The Victorian Government Architect, Melbourne 2012, 448pp, b/w & colour illusts, very good+ paperback with decorated French flaps in card slipcase
Australia Modern: Architecture, Landscape & Designview full entry
Reference: Australia Modern: Architecture, Landscape & Design, by Hannah Lewi, & Philip Goad. [’This book covers: Australian modern architecture; health & children; education; houses & housing; city & suburb; work & war; emigres & exchange; interiors; a nation at play; concrete & construction; landscape & infrastructure; travel & shopping; art & memoriials; furniture design; worship; conserving 20th century heritage; rethinking conservation for modernism; modernism into the future.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson, Melbourne 2019, 236pp, b/w & colour illusts.
Ref: 1000
Architecture Landscape & Designview full entry
Reference: see Australia Modern: Architecture, Landscape & Design, by Hannah Lewi, & Philip Goad. [’This book covers: Australian modern architecture; health & children; education; houses & housing; city & suburb; work & war; emigres & exchange; interiors; a nation at play; concrete & construction; landscape & infrastructure; travel & shopping; art & memoriials; furniture design; worship; conserving 20th century heritage; rethinking conservation for modernism; modernism into the future.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson, Melbourne 2019, 236pp, b/w & colour illusts.
Designview full entry
Reference: see Australia Modern: Architecture, Landscape & Design, by Hannah Lewi, & Philip Goad. [’This book covers: Australian modern architecture; health & children; education; houses & housing; city & suburb; work & war; emigres & exchange; interiors; a nation at play; concrete & construction; landscape & infrastructure; travel & shopping; art & memoriials; furniture design; worship; conserving 20th century heritage; rethinking conservation for modernism; modernism into the future.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson, Melbourne 2019, 236pp, b/w & colour illusts.
Troppo Architectsview full entry
Reference: Troppo Architects - Architecture For The Top End, by Philip Goad, (Glenn Murcutt intro). ‘Adrian Wilke and Phil Harris established Troppo Architects in Darwin in 1981 to build regionally specific homes, offices and civic buildings.’
Publishing details: Pesaro Publishing, Sydney 1999, 112pp, b/w & colour illusts, hardcover, dustjacket,
Ref: 1000
Wilke Adrian view full entry
Reference: see Troppo Architects - Architecture For The Top End, by Philip Goad, (Glenn Murcutt intro). ‘Adrian Wilke and Phil Harris established Troppo Architects in Darwin in 1981 to build regionally specific homes, offices and civic buildings.’
Publishing details: Pesaro Publishing, Sydney 1999, 112pp, b/w & colour illusts, hardcover, dustjacket,
Harris Phil view full entry
Reference: see Troppo Architects - Architecture For The Top End, by Philip Goad, (Glenn Murcutt intro). ‘Adrian Wilke and Phil Harris established Troppo Architects in Darwin in 1981 to build regionally specific homes, offices and civic buildings.’
Publishing details: Pesaro Publishing, Sydney 1999, 112pp, b/w & colour illusts, hardcover, dustjacket,
Double Displacementview full entry
Reference: Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Broadsheet (Contemporary Art Centre of South Australia)view full entry
Reference: Broadsheet, a journal of contemporary art (Contemporary Art Centre of South Australia) [published quarterly, June 1954 - v. 15, no. 2 (Oct. 1986) and 1986-2017?
Publishing details: Contemporary Art Centre of South Australia, 1954-2017?
Ref: 1000
Broadsheet - Contemporary Visual Arts and Cultureview full entry
Reference: Broadsheet - Contemporary Visual Arts and Culture, Vol. 42, 3 September, 2013. Cover title: ‘Let’s be Polite about Aboriginal Art’. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Contemporary Art Centre of South Australia, 2013, pb, pages 162-216
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Broadsheet - Contemporary Visual Arts and Culture, Vol. 42, 3 September, 2013. Cover title: ‘Let’s be Polite about Aboriginal Art’. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Contemporary Art Centre of South Australia, 2013, pb, pages 162-216 [Filed with Contemporary art books]
Goodman George Baron photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Glaister T S photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Verney George Hopeview full entry
Reference: see Album of Photographs of Brisbane, by G. H. Verney, 1867-9, albumen photographs
Publishing details: NLA, PIC/6476/1-195 LOC Album 257c
Verney George Hopeview full entry
Reference: see Tennants auction, Books, Maps & Manuscripts, 29th Sep, 2023, Leyburn, UK, lot 105, Sold for £750 
Estimated at £200 - £400. The images capture landmark buildings in Brisbane, many newly built, such as the iconic Parliament House after its George Street front was completed circa 1878, and Brisbane Girls Grammar School which is still very much in use today. Interestingly, the girls’ school was set up six years before women were allowed to attend university in Australia, and at the time it was viewed as a radical experiment.
Further images offer a glimpse into the commercial districts, such as a picture of Queen Street taken in 1867 showing a drapers owned by Edward Barton Southerden, a prominent local figure and businessman. Also of interest are images of floods, including one taken in the south of the town which captures a skating rink, possibly the South Brisbane Skating Rink which opened in 1888. Venturing out of the town, the traveller has included images of the surrounding bush, with one particularly delightful image of three men posed at the bottom of a huge Morton fig tree.
In these early days of photography, travellers would have purchased photographs such as these from commercial sellers, rather than had access to their own cameras. As such, the photographs would have been taken over a number of years capturing an extraordinary era of development, expansion and prosperity.
A fascinating album of late 19th century photographs of Brisbane, Queensland and surrounding areas is to be sold in Tennants Auctioneers’ Books, Maps and Manuscripts Sale on 29th September with an estimate of £200-400 (plus buyer’s premium). The album was compiled in the closing decades of the 19th century by an unknown traveller and includes 114 images of Australia alongside further photographs documenting their journey home via Sri Lanka, Aden, the Suez Canal, and Malta.
The images capture landmark buildings in Brisbane, many newly built, such as the iconic Parliament House after its George Street front was completed circa 1878, and Brisbane Girls Grammar School which is still very much in use today. Interestingly, the girls’ school was set up six years before women were allowed to attend university in Australia, and at the time it was viewed as a radical experiment.
Further images offer a glimpse into the commercial districts, such as a picture of Queen Street taken in 1867 showing a drapers owned by Edward Barton Southerden, a prominent local figure and businessman. Also of interest are images of floods, including one taken in the south of the town which captures a skating rink, possibly the South Brisbane Skating Rink which opened in 1888. Venturing out of the town, the traveller has included images of the surrounding bush, with one particularly delightful image of three men posed at the bottom of a huge Morton fig tree.
In these early days of photography, travellers would have purchased photographs such as these from commercial sellers, rather than had access to their own cameras. As such, the photographs would have been taken over a number of years capturing an extraordinary era of development, expansion and prosperity.
How Louisa Elizabeth photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Kilburn Douglas T photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Reed Peter Laurie attrib photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Daintree Richard photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Fauchery Antoine photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Haigh Edward photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Nettleton Charles photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Bayliss Charles photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Holtermann B O photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Lindt J W photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Frith Henry photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Foelsch Paul photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Gabriel C L photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Spencer Walter Baldwin photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Bishop Mervyn photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Croft Brenda L photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
King-Smith Leah photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Andrew Brook photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Moffatt Tracey photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Deacon Destiny photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Ludby Wayne photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Kruger Fred photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Kayser Axel photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Anson Bros photographersview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Caire N J photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Eaton J B photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Cazneaux Harold photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Elliston Peter photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Dombrovskis Peter photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Woldendorp Richard photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Stephenson David photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Laing Rosemary photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Dupain Max photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Cotton Olive photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Poignant Alex photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Le Guay Laurence photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Roberts Russell photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Michaelis Margaret photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Shmith Athol photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Sievers Wolfgang photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Tilghman D C photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Powell Geoffrey photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Fitzpatrick Jim photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Carter Jeff photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Potts David photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Moore David photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Maddison Ruth photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Scott Roger photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Jerrems Carol photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
O’Dwyer Simon photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Maynard Ricky photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Yang William photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Sylvester Darren photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Parke Trent photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Rooney Robert photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Abi-Elias Seham photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Hall Fiona photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Sleeth Matthew photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Piccinini Patricia photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Redgate Jacky photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Brassington Pat photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Zahalka Anne photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Riley Michael photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Ferran Anne photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Henson Bill photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Kempe E C photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Campbell James P photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Saunders A F photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Woolley Charles photographerview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Sweet Samuelview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Ford Sueview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Coventry Virginiaview full entry
Reference: see Photography and Australia, by Helen Ennis. Includes bibliographical references and index.
[’With its moving landscapes and famously independent cultural traditions, Australia is uniquely suited to having its national narrative told through visual documentation. Helen Ennis gathers here a selection of photographs that recount the story of Australia, and through this visual chronicle, she uncovers a distinctively Australian visual culture.
The striking images featured in Photography and Australia, in the new ‘Exposures’ series, documents the iconic sights of the rugged Australian landscape such as the imposing Uluru, or Ayers Rock, as well as documentary photographs, wilderness shots, post-mortem studies of bushrangers and other images both quotidian and extraordinary. A leading Australian photography historian, Ennis argues that the colonial experience is a central element of these visual testaments, and embedded within this experience are the tumultuous relations between white settlers and Aboriginal peoples.
Her analysis explores how the photographs reveal the racial, social and political tensions woven throughout Australian history, ranging from modern works by Aboriginal photographers to archival photographs of desolate mining towns and the peoples who eked out their living from the brutal terrain. The photographers’ personal perspectives are also embedded in the images, Photography and Australia argues, and the book examines how photographers’ responses to place, modernity and globalization were expressed through their works. Photography and Australia unearths an original and engaging perspective on Australian history, weaving a wealth of images into a compelling, informative account.’]
Publishing details: Reaktion Books, c2007, 158 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Designersview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Zimmerman Nicky and Simoneview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Zambesiview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Findlay Elizabeth - Zambesiview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Bae Yeojinview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Hooper Francisview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Corbet Denise L’estrangeview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Willow Kitview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Bennett Huwview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Chan Felixview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Russell Arranview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Wanek Monika T Yview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Verner Ingridview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Maticevski Tinaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Thompson Jimview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Rawsthorne Thereseview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Wood Natalieview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Coumbe Bonnieview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Theodore Garyview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Clarke Sarah Janeview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Middleton Heideview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Plunkett Annaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Sales Lukeview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Byrne Andrewview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
McPherson Joshview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Toohey Shaunaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Hollenbach Mishaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Robertson Margaritaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Finetti Nicolaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Smith Nathanview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Dimasi Susanview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Kirby Chantalview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Skillings Marnieview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Manning Vanessaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Gabrielle Cherylview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Briand Nicview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Chong Susienview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Ho Lisaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
McCall Bridgetview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
van Messner Nicholasview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Edmiston Leonaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Gorrow Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Single Danview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Mittas Konstantinaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Johnston Kirrilyview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Sylvester Kateview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Spetic Karlaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Walker Karenview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Goot Joshview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Ward Jonathanview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Dobson Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Brunsdon Jaysonview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Luppino Jacobview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Pittorino Anthonyview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Fuller Damionview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Levack Fernview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Gorman Lisaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Smart Alexandra and Genevieveview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Bigeni Garyview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Reid Gailview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Pollitt Benview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Wood Fleurview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Hages Janeview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Rowsell Nickyview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Frisoni Fernandoview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Elsom Samview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Ellery Kimview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Easton Pamelaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Pearson Lydiaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Lee Dionview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Jasingham Dhini Pararaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Dinningham Colletteview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Wiren Cybeleview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Moody Garethview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Kapp Carlview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Freeman-Topper Camillaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Freeman Marcview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Wilson Brentview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Noble Techaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Price Katieview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Price Emmaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Liano Bettinaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Bertouch Edwardview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Johnson Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Ryan Mary Louview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Sams Deborahview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Costarella Rayview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Arnott Jade Saritaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Finch Jeffrey Jview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Boyd Lillview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Hewitt Annaview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Cleary Alex and Georgieview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
McCall Aliceview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
Isogawa Akiraview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
clothes designview full entry
Reference: see Fashion: Australian & New Zealand Designers, by Mitchell Oakley Smith. [’This is a comprehensive listing of 70 of Australia's & New Zealand's most influential, dynamic & creative designers.’]

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson London & New York 2011, 352pp, colour illusts, fine paperback with French flaps
National Gallery of Victoria collectionview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Chevalier Nicholas works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Williams Fred work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Summers Charles bust of Redmond Barry illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Longstaff John portrait of George Folingsby illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Folingsby George portrait by John Longstaff illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Nettleton Charhes photographs of NGV exhibition illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Buvelot Louis works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
von Guerard Eugene works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
von Guerard Eugene work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Boehm Joseph Edgar work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Rudd C photograph of NGV exhibition illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Rudd Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Album containing photographs of Australia, Egypt and France].[ca. 1895. Oblong folio (28 x 39 cm). With 58 printed photographs (ca. 21 x 25.5 to 13.5 x 20 cm). Mounted on both sides of the leaves in the album. Contemporary black morocco, gold-tooling to boards and spine and gilt on all edges. Being offered for sale by Antiquariaat FORUM BV (Houten, Netherlands).
[60] pp.The album contains 15 silver albumen photographs of Melbourne, taken mainly from the series C. Rudd's new views of Melbourne (1886-1887) by Charles Rudd (1849-1901). They show Collins Street, Melbourne town hall, the public library, Parliament House, the Court of Law, Government House and various other buildings and infrastructure, as well as botanical gardens such as Fitzroy Gardens. The photographs of Sydney were the work of the renowned Australian photographer Henry King (1855-1923), born in England in 1855, who emigrated to Australia with his family in 1856. He worked as a photographer at J. Hubert Newman's studio in Sydney before opening his own studio in 1880. King gained recognition for his photographic studies of Australian Aboriginal people and his scenic views of Sydney. He died in 1923, leaving behind his wife, son, and three daughters. His glass negatives were acquired by J.R. Tyrrell after his death and are now held by the Powerhouse Museum. King is one of Australia's most significant early photographers. The album contains seventeen of King s photographs of the harbour, including Farm Cove and the Circular Quay, Government House and interior and exterior photographs of the town hall, King and George Street, the Mutual Life Association Building, the General Post Office and the Ferner Botanical Garden. Rural New South Was appears in nine photographs, including images of Illawarra National Park, the Hawkesbury River and a series of outdoor photographs taken along the coast at Blackwall and dated July 1895.This curious album of 58 photographs from France, Egypt and most importantly, Australia, opens with a section with six photos from Marseille, showing street views, the city harbour, the Avenue du Prado and the castles.The ten photographs from Egypt depict both the cultural highlights of the country, such as the Pyramids, the Sphinx, the Citadel of Cairo and the Palace of Gizeh, as well as ordinary Arabian villages and street scenes. They stemmed from the ateliers of the Abdullah brothers of Constantinople. The Abdullah Frères, namely Viçen (1820-1902), Hovsep (1830-1908) and Kevork (1839-1918) Abdullahyan, were three Ottoman brothers of Armenian heritage who gained international fame as photographers during the late Ottoman Empire. Some evidence suggests that he may have collaborated with the Zangaki Brothers, and he may have been the official photographer for the Universal Company of the Suez Canal. Later, he worked in partnership with the British-Italian photographer, Antonio Beato.With an owner s inscription in pencil "a appartenu Alfred Schmid", some photographs are captioned in black ink or pencil detailing the places. With a small label from the bookshop that sold the album: "Papeterie Sauwen-Jehotte" in Antwerp. The edges are somewhat bumped and some browning and foxing throughout. Otherwise in good condition. Seller Inventory # ABC_47563

Rudd Charles active 1872-1900, photographerview full entry
Reference: Queen's Wharf, Flinders Street, Melbourne, approximately 1890 / C. Rudd, photo, artist. Ferguson collection. Inscriptions: "C. Rudd's new views of Melbourne."--Printed above image; "Queen's Warf, Flinders Street. Photographed on Baker's "Austral" Plates"--Printed below image.
Publishing details: in National Library of Australia, PIC Box PIC/17519 #PIC/17519
Rudd Charlesview full entry
Reference: see State Library of Victoria
• Photographer's name printed on mount below photograph: C. Rudd, Photo. Artist, 162 Bourke Street East.

• Title inscribed below photograph.
Erskine Falls at Lorne / C. Rudd.
Rudd, Charles, 1849-1901, photographer.
[between 1888 and 1890].
Photographer's name printed on mount below photograph: C. Rudd, Photo. Artist, 162 Bourke Street East.

• Title inscribed below photograph.
Date range taken from the time Charles Rudd was active at 162 Bourke Street East, Melbourne.

Hall Lindsay Bernard photograph of hall with his wife at home illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
McCubbin Frederick various works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Bunny Rupert work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Longstaff John portrait of Alfred Felton and other works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Russell John Peter work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Roberts Tom works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Heysen Hans works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Loureiro Arthur Jose de Sousa work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Glover John works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Westall William work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Martens Conrad work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Clark Thomas work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Dowling Robert work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Burn Henry work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Gill S T work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Streeton Arthur work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Conder Charles work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Alston Aby work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Mackennal Bertram work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Southern Clara work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Fox Emanuel Phillips work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Meldrum Max work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Ramsay Hugh work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Hall Lindsay Bernard work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Griffin Walter Burley work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Proctor Thea work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Prenzel Robert work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Lambert George work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
de Maistre Roy work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Crowley Grace work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Preston Margaret work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Traill Jessie work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Smith Purves Peter work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Rees Lloyd work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Smith Grace Cossington work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Shore Arnold work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Frater William work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Nolan Sidney work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Drysdale Russell work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Boyd Arthur work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Perceval john work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Vassilieff Danila work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Tucker Albert work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Balson Ralph work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Kemp Roger work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Brown Mike work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Brack John work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Dobell William work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Whiteley Brett work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Williams Fred works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Booth Peter work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see The collections of the National Gallery of Victoria by Ann Galbally. With Index. The National Gallery of Victoria is Australia's oldest and largest public collection. In this handsome and lavishly illustrated new volume, its great collections are documented and described for the first time in relation to the socio-cultural factors which shaped collecting policies. The evolution of the Gallery from its inception is described and all areas of the collection are encompassed. Paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings, furniture, metalwork, ceramics, glass and costumes are all generously illustrated. Informatively written, this book provides an account of inspired purchases and generous bequests as well as missed opportunities and arrogant decisions taken by some of the past directors and trustees, making for provocative reading. the history behind the acquisition of the Gallery's major pieces makes for compelling reading as does the author's scholarly yet eminently readable examination of the artworks themselves.
Publishing details: OUP, 1987, hc, dw, 280pp
Mifsud Betteview full entry
Reference: see artist’s website:
Background
Dr Bette Mifsud was born on Dharug Country (Western Sydney) in New South Wales, Australia, and raised, and worked on family market gardens, there between the 1960’s and 1980s.

Bette's parents survived the catastrophic bombing of Malta during WWII when it was the most heavily shelled country on the planet for its size. Her parents and two toddler brothers spent six weeks at sea crammed onto a rusty ship with many sick migrants.  Her mother was seven month's pregnant at the time. The young family arrived in Sydney in May 1954 and were sponsored and housed by other Maltese immigrants until they found a place of their own. 

At the age four, Bette discovered a box of black and white family photographs that Mum had brought with her from Malta. It contained portraits of her parents in an utterly foreign landscape.  Those younger faces of her parents seemed both, familiar and foreign. The box also contained photographs of her grandparents, and a large extended Maltese family she had never seen.
The photographs enthralled Bette because they had suddenly opened a window onto a world bigger than she had known.  They were the first photographs Bette had ever held in her hand. Their value and power, led Bette to take up photography at the age of ten using a Kodak 110 Instamatic camera her Mum had given her.  She became hooked on taking pictures of family, market gardens, pets and her local landscape. 
 
The exchange of letters and photographs was for migrants an umbilicus connecting them to their distant homeland and families. Bette’s Mum regularly photographed her growing family (using a Kodak Box Brownie) and sent the photographs to her parents back home, carefully folded into her beautifully handwritten letters. In return, Bette’s Mum would receive much anticipated letters containing more treasured photographs.

Bette studied, lived and worked in Sydney from 1981 until 1995.
From 1985 to 2006, she worked as an artist, and educator.  Bette also worked as assistant curator and administrator at The Australian Centre for Photography, Artspace Sydney, The Tin Sheds Gallery, Belvoir Street Theatre and The City of Sydney Sculpture Walk. 

In 1995, Bette moved to Dharug and Gundungurra Country (Blue Mountains World Heritage Area) in New South Wales, Australia and continued to work as an artist and educator.  She has lived in the Blue Mountains with partner, novelist, Trevor Shearston, since then.
Their son, Corin Shearston, was born in 1997.
Their home has studios, a wood workshop, a vegetable garden, orchard and a large native garden. 
Education
In 1985, Bette graduated with a Bachelor of Visual Arts from Sydney College of the Arts, majoring in photography and painting. In 1996, she graduated with a Master of Fine Arts with First Class Honours from the University of New South Wales, majoring in photo-media and multimedia installations. In 2012, she graduated with a Doctorate of Creative Arts from the Western Sydney University, majoring in ecological art. Her research included indigenous ecologies, sacred architecture, eco-psychology, social ecology, landscape painting and photography, garden design, environmental and public art.  
Her doctoral exegesis is entitled, Coming to Ground: the Work of Art in Ecohumanism
Art
Bette Mifsud’s artwork stems from the photograph's relationships with the past and how those relationships resonate with human psyche in the present. She states, “photographs are like fragments of the past, and remnants of a larger ungraspable and ever-changing living world”. 
 
Bette’s practice, has engaged with photography’s inherent dualities: negative-positive images, realism-illusion, light-shadow, the seen-unseen. Her practice extends into photography’s relationships with painting, life and death, identity and recognition, time and continuity.

Bette’s practice includes, photo-media, landscape and portraiture, multimedia installation, painting, sculpture, video and ecological art.

Career Highlights and Awards
Bette Mifsud has exhibited in numerous solo and group exhibitions, including in Amsterdam, Berlin, Malta, Tokyo, and other countries. 
 
In 1989, Bette was awarded the Australia Council for the Arts’ Tokyo studio residency. She spent the first six months of 1990 in Tokyo. While there, Fuji Film I&I sponsored her major work Mute, a cutting edge installation of giant suspended colour photographic film transparencies. Later that year, Mute was exhibited for three months as a solo exhibition at the Art Gallery of New South Wales.
 
Bette's numerous group exhibitions include, the Lady Fairfax Prize for Photography, Australian Perspecta 1991, Citigroup Private Bank Australian Photographic Portrait Award;  National Photographic Portrait Prize, Olive Cotton Photographic Portrait Award (twice) and the Hazelhurst Award for Art on Paper.

As well as the Tokyo studio, Bette received four grants from The Australia Council for the Arts, and a Project Grant from the Australian Network for Art and Technology. In 2002, she was awarded a New South Wales Ministry for the Arts, Inaugural Western Sydney Artist Fellowship. In 2003, she won the Hazelhurst Art Award Major Prize.
In 2006, she was awarded an Australian Postgraduate Award from the Western Sydney University.

Bette’s artworks are held in private, corporate and public collections in Australia and overseas.
Mifsud Bette portrait of Ninette Duttonview full entry
Reference: see National Portrait gallery website:
‘In a Glance’ by Dr Sarah Engledow, 1 December 2004. Dr Sarah Engledow explores the portrait of Ninette Dutton by Bette Mifsud.
Portrait of Ninette Dutton, 2004 Dr Bette Mifsud. © Elizabeth Mifsud/Copyright Agency, 2022
Ninette Dutton OAM (b. 1923), artist, broadcaster and author, was born in Adelaide and educated at Creveen and Woodlands before studying Social Science at the University of Adelaide. In 1944 she married the writer Geoffrey Dutton.
They lived at Anlaby, the Duttons' family property at Kapunda, and later Piers Hill, a property near Angaston, before they separated in the early 1980s. During the 1950s she worked in Oxford and studied at the Ruskin School of Art and the couple travelled extensively and adventurously through Europe. Asia, Africa and the Middle East. In the 1960s she learned enamelling in Kansas; her ensuing enamel works were widely collected, and she wrote The Beautiful Art of Enamelling in 1966, In early 1968 she saved the life of Patrick White, a dear friend, by holding on to his arm when he fell into a blowhole on Kangaroo Island. Over the 1970s, 80s and 90s she published books and delivered radio programmes on cooking, flowers, gardening and the seasons, and for some years she wrote a column titled 'The Passionate Gardener' in the Advertiser, Adelaide. Her most recent book is Home (2000), which describes her decision to move from South Australia to Canberra.
Sydney born artist Bette Mifsud studied at the University of NSW College of Fine Arts. Master of Fine Arts with first class honours, after receiving a BA Visual Arts from Sydney College.
She has exhibited extensively and held many solo exhibitions in various Australian Galleries as well as at the National Museum of Fine Art, Malta. She has also participated in a wide array of national and international group exhibitions, most notably and recently at the 2004 Citygroup Private Bank Photographic Prize at the Art Gallery of NSW, in which this portrait was featured.
Mifsud and Dutton met in Katoomba about four years ago. In a recent statement Mifsud explained it was Dutton's warmth, toughness, beauty and sharp intellect that immediately struck her. She explained that she also wanted her portrait to capture something of the sitter's frailty.
While at first glance this is a straightforward portrait, it incorporates several portraits and within it there are layers of complexity and depth. In discussing the portrait Mifsud states that she is mindful of the fact that no single image can ever fully represent a living human being and as such, developed the complex image of Ninette 'reflected' in the mirror, which is also a treasured family heirloom. This was achieved by using four photographs of the sitter's face taken from slightly different angles, which have been overlaid. Mifsud explains the analogy of the mirror; which 'might also suggest that we always see ourselves differently to how others see us. In the mirror we all "Prepare a face to meet the faces that (we) meet" (T.S Eliot). We prepare different faces for different circumstances. I see the mirror as a type of photographic recorder of the countless invisible faces of an individual changing over time'.
By Dr Sarah Engledow
Mifsud Betteview full entry
Reference: Coming to Ground by Bette Mifsud
15 June – 28 August 2009 – University of Western Sydney Art Gallery. Includes biography. 15 works. Photographs.
Publishing details: University of Western Sydney, 2009, 4pp
Ref: 1000
French Connectionview full entry
Reference: French connection : Australia's cosmopolitan ambitions, by Alexis Bergantz.
Includes bibliographical references and index..
The French have been integral to the Australian story since European colonisation. Escaped convicts from New Caledonia, wool buyers from Lille, Roubaix and Tourcoing, gold-diggers, artisans, teachers and cafe owners, they were not always the creme de la creme. French Connection provides a fascinating insight into how the culture of Frenchness influenced a new nation anxious to prove itself to the world. What did Australian colonists see when they looked to France? How much did the French presence in the Pacific loom over such ideas? And what did the French in Australia themselves make of it all? Alexis Bergantz uncovers the little known and often surprising history of the French in nineteenth-century Australia and their role in creating a more connected and cosmopolitan nation.

Publishing details: NewSouth Publishing, 2021, (194 pages, [8] pages of plates) : illustrations (some colour).
Joseph Banks’ Florilegiumview full entry
Reference: Banks’ Florilegium. Banks' Florilegium was published between 1980 and 1990 in 34 parts by Alecto Historical Editions and the Natural History Museum, London. Only 100 sets were made available for sale. This set is number 56 of that original printing. In detail it is a collection of copperplate engravings of plants collected by Sir Joseph Banks and Daniel Solander while they accompanied Captain James Cook on his first voyage around the world between 1768 and 1771. They collected plants in Madeira, Brazil, Tierra del Fuego, the Society Islands, New Zealand, Australia and Java. During this voyage, Banks and Solander collected nearly 30,000 dried specimens, eventually leading to the description of 110 new genera and 1300 new species, which increased the known flora of the world by 25 per cent. Banks' and Solander's specimens were studied aboard the Endeavour by the botanical illustrator Sydney Parkinson. He made 674 detailed drawings of each specimen with notes on their colour, and completed 269 watercolour illustrations before dying of dysentery after the Endeavour left Batavia. When they returned to London in 1771, Banks employed five artists to create watercolours of all of Parkinson's drawings, and 18 engravers to create 743 copperplate line engravings from the completed watercolours at a considerable cost. The engraving work stalled in 1784, and the Florilegium was not printed in Banks' lifetime. On his death in 1820 he bequeathed the plates to the British Museum. The plates were printed using a 17th-century technique known as à la poupée where each colour was applied directly to the plate; colour accuracy was checked against Parkinson's notes and through consultation with the museum's Botanical Editor, Chris Humphries. Each plate took from one week to two months to proof. Chris Humphries worked closely with his colleague, the Botany Librarian Judith Diment, as well as the printers led by Edward Egerton-Williams, the typesetters led by Ian Mortimer and colleagues at Alecto Historical Editions including Nigel Frith, Laurence Hoffman and Elaine Shaughnessy. Parts 1 to 15 consist of 337 plates relating to the Australian flora, parts 16 to 34 include Brazil, Madeira, New Zealand, Java, Society Islands and Tierra del Fuego. Banks’ Florilegium is the world's largest 20th-century fine art printing project, and has been exhibited all over the world. The Alecto Historical edition of Banks' Florilegium was purchased in Australia by the State Library of Victoria,& the State Library of New South Wales, and the State Library of Queensland. This set contains the following Print numbers,- 11 unopened boxes 516-743 227 plates - Editions 338 to 515 complete (177 plates. Incomplete 46-337 containing 271 plates. Total 675 from the set.
This information frrom: Vickers & Hoad
Sale Description: Waterloo Auction - Timed Online Only. Sale Date: 08/01/2024 to 12/01/2024
Publishing details: Alecto Historical Editions and the Natural History Museum, London.1980-90. Edition of 100.
Ref: 1000
Tischbauer Alfred p120-21view full entry
Reference: see French connection : Australia's cosmopolitan ambitions, by Alexis Bergantz.
Includes bibliographical references and index..
The French have been integral to the Australian story since European colonisation. Escaped convicts from New Caledonia, wool buyers from Lille, Roubaix and Tourcoing, gold-diggers, artisans, teachers and cafe owners, they were not always the creme de la creme. French Connection provides a fascinating insight into how the culture of Frenchness influenced a new nation anxious to prove itself to the world. What did Australian colonists see when they looked to France? How much did the French presence in the Pacific loom over such ideas? And what did the French in Australia themselves make of it all? Alexis Bergantz uncovers the little known and often surprising history of the French in nineteenth-century Australia and their role in creating a more connected and cosmopolitan nation.

Publishing details: NewSouth Publishing, 2021, (194 pages, [8] pages of plates) : illustrations (some colour).
Beer Leslie p24view full entry
Reference: see French connection : Australia's cosmopolitan ambitions, by Alexis Bergantz.
Includes bibliographical references and index..
The French have been integral to the Australian story since European colonisation. Escaped convicts from New Caledonia, wool buyers from Lille, Roubaix and Tourcoing, gold-diggers, artisans, teachers and cafe owners, they were not always the creme de la creme. French Connection provides a fascinating insight into how the culture of Frenchness influenced a new nation anxious to prove itself to the world. What did Australian colonists see when they looked to France? How much did the French presence in the Pacific loom over such ideas? And what did the French in Australia themselves make of it all? Alexis Bergantz uncovers the little known and often surprising history of the French in nineteenth-century Australia and their role in creating a more connected and cosmopolitan nation.

Publishing details: NewSouth Publishing, 2021, (194 pages, [8] pages of plates) : illustrations (some colour).
Paul Mrs E p24view full entry
Reference: see French connection : Australia's cosmopolitan ambitions, by Alexis Bergantz.
Includes bibliographical references and index..
The French have been integral to the Australian story since European colonisation. Escaped convicts from New Caledonia, wool buyers from Lille, Roubaix and Tourcoing, gold-diggers, artisans, teachers and cafe owners, they were not always the creme de la creme. French Connection provides a fascinating insight into how the culture of Frenchness influenced a new nation anxious to prove itself to the world. What did Australian colonists see when they looked to France? How much did the French presence in the Pacific loom over such ideas? And what did the French in Australia themselves make of it all? Alexis Bergantz uncovers the little known and often surprising history of the French in nineteenth-century Australia and their role in creating a more connected and cosmopolitan nation.

Publishing details: NewSouth Publishing, 2021, (194 pages, [8] pages of plates) : illustrations (some colour).
Buckie Harry p139view full entry
Reference: see French connection : Australia's cosmopolitan ambitions, by Alexis Bergantz.
Includes bibliographical references and index..
The French have been integral to the Australian story since European colonisation. Escaped convicts from New Caledonia, wool buyers from Lille, Roubaix and Tourcoing, gold-diggers, artisans, teachers and cafe owners, they were not always the creme de la creme. French Connection provides a fascinating insight into how the culture of Frenchness influenced a new nation anxious to prove itself to the world. What did Australian colonists see when they looked to France? How much did the French presence in the Pacific loom over such ideas? And what did the French in Australia themselves make of it all? Alexis Bergantz uncovers the little known and often surprising history of the French in nineteenth-century Australia and their role in creating a more connected and cosmopolitan nation.

Publishing details: NewSouth Publishing, 2021, (194 pages, [8] pages of plates) : illustrations (some colour).
Foy Alice p23-4view full entry
Reference: see French connection : Australia's cosmopolitan ambitions, by Alexis Bergantz.
Includes bibliographical references and index..
The French have been integral to the Australian story since European colonisation. Escaped convicts from New Caledonia, wool buyers from Lille, Roubaix and Tourcoing, gold-diggers, artisans, teachers and cafe owners, they were not always the creme de la creme. French Connection provides a fascinating insight into how the culture of Frenchness influenced a new nation anxious to prove itself to the world. What did Australian colonists see when they looked to France? How much did the French presence in the Pacific loom over such ideas? And what did the French in Australia themselves make of it all? Alexis Bergantz uncovers the little known and often surprising history of the French in nineteenth-century Australia and their role in creating a more connected and cosmopolitan nation.

Publishing details: NewSouth Publishing, 2021, (194 pages, [8] pages of plates) : illustrations (some colour).
Fauchery Antoine p81-8view full entry
Reference: see French connection : Australia's cosmopolitan ambitions, by Alexis Bergantz.
Includes bibliographical references and index..
The French have been integral to the Australian story since European colonisation. Escaped convicts from New Caledonia, wool buyers from Lille, Roubaix and Tourcoing, gold-diggers, artisans, teachers and cafe owners, they were not always the creme de la creme. French Connection provides a fascinating insight into how the culture of Frenchness influenced a new nation anxious to prove itself to the world. What did Australian colonists see when they looked to France? How much did the French presence in the Pacific loom over such ideas? And what did the French in Australia themselves make of it all? Alexis Bergantz uncovers the little known and often surprising history of the French in nineteenth-century Australia and their role in creating a more connected and cosmopolitan nation.

Publishing details: NewSouth Publishing, 2021, (194 pages, [8] pages of plates) : illustrations (some colour).
Lindsay Norman numerous references view full entry
Reference: see French connection : Australia's cosmopolitan ambitions, by Alexis Bergantz.
Includes bibliographical references and index..
The French have been integral to the Australian story since European colonisation. Escaped convicts from New Caledonia, wool buyers from Lille, Roubaix and Tourcoing, gold-diggers, artisans, teachers and cafe owners, they were not always the creme de la creme. French Connection provides a fascinating insight into how the culture of Frenchness influenced a new nation anxious to prove itself to the world. What did Australian colonists see when they looked to France? How much did the French presence in the Pacific loom over such ideas? And what did the French in Australia themselves make of it all? Alexis Bergantz uncovers the little known and often surprising history of the French in nineteenth-century Australia and their role in creating a more connected and cosmopolitan nation.

Publishing details: NewSouth Publishing, 2021, (194 pages, [8] pages of plates) : illustrations (some colour).
Barnes Henry photographerview full entry
Reference: see Capturing Nature: Early Scientific Photography at the Australian Museum 1857–1893 by Vanessa Finney. [’The groundbreaking scientific photographs of Australian Museum curator Gerard Krefft and taxidermist Henry Barnes are revealed for the first time.

In the mid-nineteenth century, scientists around the world were quick to see photography’s huge potential for capturing fleeting moments of life, death and discovery. At the Australian Museum, curator Gerard Krefft and taxidermist Henry Barnes began to experiment with the revolutionary new art form, preparing and staging their specimens — from whales and giant sunfish to lifelike lyre bird scenes and fossils — and documenting them in thousands of arresting images.
Capturing Nature reveals these groundbreaking photographs for the first time, along with the Australian Museum’s urgent quest to become more scientific in its practices.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: NewSouth, 2019, Paperback, 192pp
Barnes Henry Jnr photographerview full entry
Reference: see Capturing Nature: Early Scientific Photography at the Australian Museum 1857–1893 by Vanessa Finney. [’The groundbreaking scientific photographs of Australian Museum curator Gerard Krefft and taxidermist Henry Barnes are revealed for the first time.

In the mid-nineteenth century, scientists around the world were quick to see photography’s huge potential for capturing fleeting moments of life, death and discovery. At the Australian Museum, curator Gerard Krefft and taxidermist Henry Barnes began to experiment with the revolutionary new art form, preparing and staging their specimens — from whales and giant sunfish to lifelike lyre bird scenes and fossils — and documenting them in thousands of arresting images.
Capturing Nature reveals these groundbreaking photographs for the first time, along with the Australian Museum’s urgent quest to become more scientific in its practices.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: NewSouth, 2019, Paperback, 192pp
Krefft Gerard view full entry
Reference: see Capturing Nature: Early Scientific Photography at the Australian Museum 1857–1893 by Vanessa Finney. [’The groundbreaking scientific photographs of Australian Museum curator Gerard Krefft and taxidermist Henry Barnes are revealed for the first time.

In the mid-nineteenth century, scientists around the world were quick to see photography’s huge potential for capturing fleeting moments of life, death and discovery. At the Australian Museum, curator Gerard Krefft and taxidermist Henry Barnes began to experiment with the revolutionary new art form, preparing and staging their specimens — from whales and giant sunfish to lifelike lyre bird scenes and fossils — and documenting them in thousands of arresting images.
Capturing Nature reveals these groundbreaking photographs for the first time, along with the Australian Museum’s urgent quest to become more scientific in its practices.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: NewSouth, 2019, Paperback, 192pp
Kerry Charles p170view full entry
Reference: see Capturing Nature: Early Scientific Photography at the Australian Museum 1857–1893 by Vanessa Finney. [’The groundbreaking scientific photographs of Australian Museum curator Gerard Krefft and taxidermist Henry Barnes are revealed for the first time.

In the mid-nineteenth century, scientists around the world were quick to see photography’s huge potential for capturing fleeting moments of life, death and discovery. At the Australian Museum, curator Gerard Krefft and taxidermist Henry Barnes began to experiment with the revolutionary new art form, preparing and staging their specimens — from whales and giant sunfish to lifelike lyre bird scenes and fossils — and documenting them in thousands of arresting images.
Capturing Nature reveals these groundbreaking photographs for the first time, along with the Australian Museum’s urgent quest to become more scientific in its practices.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: NewSouth, 2019, Paperback, 192pp
Blandowski expeditionview full entry
Reference: see Capturing Nature: Early Scientific Photography at the Australian Museum 1857–1893 by Vanessa Finney. [’The groundbreaking scientific photographs of Australian Museum curator Gerard Krefft and taxidermist Henry Barnes are revealed for the first time.

In the mid-nineteenth century, scientists around the world were quick to see photography’s huge potential for capturing fleeting moments of life, death and discovery. At the Australian Museum, curator Gerard Krefft and taxidermist Henry Barnes began to experiment with the revolutionary new art form, preparing and staging their specimens — from whales and giant sunfish to lifelike lyre bird scenes and fossils — and documenting them in thousands of arresting images.
Capturing Nature reveals these groundbreaking photographs for the first time, along with the Australian Museum’s urgent quest to become more scientific in its practices.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: NewSouth, 2019, Paperback, 192pp
Contemporary Australian Tapestriesview full entry
Reference: Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Andrews Daisy tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Atkins Peter tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Bentinck Island Artists tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Boag Yvonne tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Bot G W tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Boyd Arthur tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Brennan Angela tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Carchesio Eugene tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Cattapan Jon tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Coburn John tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Cole Peter D tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Cooks Andrew tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Dumbrell Merrill tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Eirth Merrin tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Forthun Louise tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Fox Belinda tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Green Rona tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Hattam Katherine tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Heron Patrick tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Ingpen Robert tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Jones Peggy Napangardi tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Kemp Roger tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Klein Deborah tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Kngwarray Emily Kam tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Ling Song tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Lohr Alf tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Lovegrove Sue tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
McLean Mary tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Merrett Lara tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Mombassa Reg tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Munduwalawala Ginger Riley tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Riley Ginger Munduwalawala tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Nakamarra Elizabeth marks tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Napangati Bai Bai tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Napangati Nanyuma tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Nell tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Nickolls Trevor tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Noonan David tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Perrson Stieg tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Olsen John tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Qureshi Nusra Latif tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Sansom Gareth tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Sheikh Gulammohammed tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Todd Yvonne tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Stella Frank tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Utzon Jorn tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Watson Nyankulya tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Whisson Ken tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Wolseley John tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Woo Ian tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Young John tapestryview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Tapestries, Australian Tapestry Workshop. Includes biographical information on artists, bibliographical references (p. 88) and index.
Publishing details: Australian Tapestry Workshop, 2010, 93pp. : col. ill., col. ports
Thorpe John Aview full entry
Reference: see Capturing Nature: Early Scientific Photography at the Australian Museum 1857–1893 by Vanessa Finney. [’The groundbreaking scientific photographs of Australian Museum curator Gerard Krefft and taxidermist Henry Barnes are revealed for the first time.

In the mid-nineteenth century, scientists around the world were quick to see photography’s huge potential for capturing fleeting moments of life, death and discovery. At the Australian Museum, curator Gerard Krefft and taxidermist Henry Barnes began to experiment with the revolutionary new art form, preparing and staging their specimens — from whales and giant sunfish to lifelike lyre bird scenes and fossils — and documenting them in thousands of arresting images.
Capturing Nature reveals these groundbreaking photographs for the first time, along with the Australian Museum’s urgent quest to become more scientific in its practices.’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: NewSouth, 2019, Paperback, 192pp
Flett James portrait of by Constance Stokesview full entry
Reference: see Constance Stokes - Art & Life, by Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera. [’Constance Stokes might arguably be described as perhaps the most joyful but paradoxically neglected of the great Australian artists who were alive between and after the wars.
Constance Stokes: Art & Life, researched and written by her daughter Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera, is the first serious book to be published devoted exclusively to the life and works of Constance Stokes. Also included are two major essays by renowned art historians and authors, Dr. Jane Clark and Felicity St. John Moore.  The Foreword is engagingly written in her inimitable style by the author/journalist, Anne Summers.
 
Constance Stokes (1906-1991) was one of Australia’s truly great artists, first trained at the National Gallery School of Victoria.  In 1931 she won the Travelling Scholarship to the Royal Academy in London, where she perfected her draughtsmanship in the European classical style.  Later she went to Paris to work with the renowned Cubist and master of colour, Andre Lhote.  She is represented in most major galleries in Australia, and her works are keenly sought after by private collectors and galleries throughout Australia and in Europe.’]
Publishing details: Hill House Publishers , 2015, 234 pages, full colour throughout
Dimensions 315 x 260 cm.  
Laminated dust jacked, hard cover and square back binding.
Redwood Pascoe art student p36view full entry
Reference: see Constance Stokes - Art & Life, by Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera. [’Constance Stokes might arguably be described as perhaps the most joyful but paradoxically neglected of the great Australian artists who were alive between and after the wars.
Constance Stokes: Art & Life, researched and written by her daughter Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera, is the first serious book to be published devoted exclusively to the life and works of Constance Stokes. Also included are two major essays by renowned art historians and authors, Dr. Jane Clark and Felicity St. John Moore.  The Foreword is engagingly written in her inimitable style by the author/journalist, Anne Summers.
 
Constance Stokes (1906-1991) was one of Australia’s truly great artists, first trained at the National Gallery School of Victoria.  In 1931 she won the Travelling Scholarship to the Royal Academy in London, where she perfected her draughtsmanship in the European classical style.  Later she went to Paris to work with the renowned Cubist and master of colour, Andre Lhote.  She is represented in most major galleries in Australia, and her works are keenly sought after by private collectors and galleries throughout Australia and in Europe.’]
Publishing details: Hill House Publishers , 2015, 234 pages, full colour throughout
Dimensions 315 x 260 cm.  
Laminated dust jacked, hard cover and square back binding.
Officer Mervyn art student p20-view full entry
Reference: see Constance Stokes - Art & Life, by Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera. [’Constance Stokes might arguably be described as perhaps the most joyful but paradoxically neglected of the great Australian artists who were alive between and after the wars.
Constance Stokes: Art & Life, researched and written by her daughter Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera, is the first serious book to be published devoted exclusively to the life and works of Constance Stokes. Also included are two major essays by renowned art historians and authors, Dr. Jane Clark and Felicity St. John Moore.  The Foreword is engagingly written in her inimitable style by the author/journalist, Anne Summers.
 
Constance Stokes (1906-1991) was one of Australia’s truly great artists, first trained at the National Gallery School of Victoria.  In 1931 she won the Travelling Scholarship to the Royal Academy in London, where she perfected her draughtsmanship in the European classical style.  Later she went to Paris to work with the renowned Cubist and master of colour, Andre Lhote.  She is represented in most major galleries in Australia, and her works are keenly sought after by private collectors and galleries throughout Australia and in Europe.’]
Publishing details: Hill House Publishers , 2015, 234 pages, full colour throughout
Dimensions 315 x 260 cm.  
Laminated dust jacked, hard cover and square back binding.
Johnston George art student p21 and possibly elsewhere in bookview full entry
Reference: see Constance Stokes - Art & Life, by Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera. [’Constance Stokes might arguably be described as perhaps the most joyful but paradoxically neglected of the great Australian artists who were alive between and after the wars.
Constance Stokes: Art & Life, researched and written by her daughter Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera, is the first serious book to be published devoted exclusively to the life and works of Constance Stokes. Also included are two major essays by renowned art historians and authors, Dr. Jane Clark and Felicity St. John Moore.  The Foreword is engagingly written in her inimitable style by the author/journalist, Anne Summers.
 
Constance Stokes (1906-1991) was one of Australia’s truly great artists, first trained at the National Gallery School of Victoria.  In 1931 she won the Travelling Scholarship to the Royal Academy in London, where she perfected her draughtsmanship in the European classical style.  Later she went to Paris to work with the renowned Cubist and master of colour, Andre Lhote.  She is represented in most major galleries in Australia, and her works are keenly sought after by private collectors and galleries throughout Australia and in Europe.’]
Publishing details: Hill House Publishers , 2015, 234 pages, full colour throughout
Dimensions 315 x 260 cm.  
Laminated dust jacked, hard cover and square back binding.
Hall Lindsay Bernard p22-24 and possibly elsewhere in bookview full entry
Reference: see Constance Stokes - Art & Life, by Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera. [’Constance Stokes might arguably be described as perhaps the most joyful but paradoxically neglected of the great Australian artists who were alive between and after the wars.
Constance Stokes: Art & Life, researched and written by her daughter Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera, is the first serious book to be published devoted exclusively to the life and works of Constance Stokes. Also included are two major essays by renowned art historians and authors, Dr. Jane Clark and Felicity St. John Moore.  The Foreword is engagingly written in her inimitable style by the author/journalist, Anne Summers.
 
Constance Stokes (1906-1991) was one of Australia’s truly great artists, first trained at the National Gallery School of Victoria.  In 1931 she won the Travelling Scholarship to the Royal Academy in London, where she perfected her draughtsmanship in the European classical style.  Later she went to Paris to work with the renowned Cubist and master of colour, Andre Lhote.  She is represented in most major galleries in Australia, and her works are keenly sought after by private collectors and galleries throughout Australia and in Europe.’]
Publishing details: Hill House Publishers , 2015, 234 pages, full colour throughout
Dimensions 315 x 260 cm.  
Laminated dust jacked, hard cover and square back binding.
Rowell John p28 and possibly elsewhere in bookview full entry
Reference: see Constance Stokes - Art & Life, by Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera. [’Constance Stokes might arguably be described as perhaps the most joyful but paradoxically neglected of the great Australian artists who were alive between and after the wars.
Constance Stokes: Art & Life, researched and written by her daughter Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera, is the first serious book to be published devoted exclusively to the life and works of Constance Stokes. Also included are two major essays by renowned art historians and authors, Dr. Jane Clark and Felicity St. John Moore.  The Foreword is engagingly written in her inimitable style by the author/journalist, Anne Summers.
 
Constance Stokes (1906-1991) was one of Australia’s truly great artists, first trained at the National Gallery School of Victoria.  In 1931 she won the Travelling Scholarship to the Royal Academy in London, where she perfected her draughtsmanship in the European classical style.  Later she went to Paris to work with the renowned Cubist and master of colour, Andre Lhote.  She is represented in most major galleries in Australia, and her works are keenly sought after by private collectors and galleries throughout Australia and in Europe.’]
Publishing details: Hill House Publishers , 2015, 234 pages, full colour throughout
Dimensions 315 x 260 cm.  
Laminated dust jacked, hard cover and square back binding.
Bell George p28 and possibly elsewhere in bookview full entry
Reference: see Constance Stokes - Art & Life, by Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera. [’Constance Stokes might arguably be described as perhaps the most joyful but paradoxically neglected of the great Australian artists who were alive between and after the wars.
Constance Stokes: Art & Life, researched and written by her daughter Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera, is the first serious book to be published devoted exclusively to the life and works of Constance Stokes. Also included are two major essays by renowned art historians and authors, Dr. Jane Clark and Felicity St. John Moore.  The Foreword is engagingly written in her inimitable style by the author/journalist, Anne Summers.
 
Constance Stokes (1906-1991) was one of Australia’s truly great artists, first trained at the National Gallery School of Victoria.  In 1931 she won the Travelling Scholarship to the Royal Academy in London, where she perfected her draughtsmanship in the European classical style.  Later she went to Paris to work with the renowned Cubist and master of colour, Andre Lhote.  She is represented in most major galleries in Australia, and her works are keenly sought after by private collectors and galleries throughout Australia and in Europe.’]
Publishing details: Hill House Publishers , 2015, 234 pages, full colour throughout
Dimensions 315 x 260 cm.  
Laminated dust jacked, hard cover and square back binding.
Newbury Sidney p37 and possibly elsewhere in bookview full entry
Reference: see Constance Stokes - Art & Life, by Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera. [’Constance Stokes might arguably be described as perhaps the most joyful but paradoxically neglected of the great Australian artists who were alive between and after the wars.
Constance Stokes: Art & Life, researched and written by her daughter Lucilla Wyborn d’Abrera, is the first serious book to be published devoted exclusively to the life and works of Constance Stokes. Also included are two major essays by renowned art historians and authors, Dr. Jane Clark and Felicity St. John Moore.  The Foreword is engagingly written in her inimitable style by the author/journalist, Anne Summers.
 
Constance Stokes (1906-1991) was one of Australia’s truly great artists, first trained at the National Gallery School of Victoria.  In 1931 she won the Travelling Scholarship to the Royal Academy in London, where she perfected her draughtsmanship in the European classical style.  Later she went to Paris to work with the renowned Cubist and master of colour, Andre Lhote.  She is represented in most major galleries in Australia, and her works are keenly sought after by private collectors and galleries throughout Australia and in Europe.’]
Publishing details: Hill House Publishers , 2015, 234 pages, full colour throughout
Dimensions 315 x 260 cm.  
Laminated dust jacked, hard cover and square back binding.
Who’s Who of Australian Womenview full entry
Reference: Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Allen Mickyview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Allen Nancy architectview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Atkins Anne stained glass artistview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Benyon Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Avdiev Rita architectview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Berkman Christine (Patricia Mary)view full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Binns Vivienneview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Borlase Nancyview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Boyd Hermiaview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Brash Barbaraview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Braund Dorothyview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Coates Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Conabere Elizabeth Vivienneview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Cuppaidge Virginiaview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Davies Isabel Joanview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Davies Isabel Joanview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Davies Suzanneview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Docking Shayview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Dresge Margaret Anneview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Duks-Stepe Lilija Elineview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Dumbrell Lesley Anneview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Durack Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Eager Helenview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Eager Jeanneview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Edmond Margaret architectview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Engish Daphne Juneview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Feddersen Jutta Ella Lore Erikaview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Feifar-Nannup Wendy Anneview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Fonagy Ingeborgview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Fry Ella Osborneview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Fryer Zoie architectview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Gare Neneview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Gascoigne Rosalieview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Gazzard Mareaview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Gibb Jillian Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Gower Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Graham Anne Marieview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Harris Berenice Ghera architectview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Havyatt Valerie architectview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Hepburn Lorraine Ruthview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Hick Jacquelineview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Hinder Margelview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Hjorth Noela Janeview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Jones Lyndal Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Just Verlieview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Kee Jennyview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
King Noeleen designerview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Kubbos Eva Gertrudeview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
La Motte Pruview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Leveson-Meares Sandraview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Lock Grace (Lily) photographerview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Lorraine Judith Elizabeth potterview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
McGilchrist Erica Maragretview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Macqueen Mary McCartneyview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Maltby Agnes Newberry (Peg)view full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Marks Rae Mericview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Maudsley Helenview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
May Margaret sculptorview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
May Caroline Susan Jane sculptorview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Mora Mirkaview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Morris Colleenview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Murphy Phyllis architectview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Oclee Susan Mary Martinview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Ogilvie Helen Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Pitt Morrison Margaret Lilian architectview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Morrison Margaret Lilian Pitt architectview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Pratt Rhona Olive (Pixie O’Harris0)view full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
O’Harris Pixie view full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Priest Cedar stained glass artistview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Rayner Joanview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Rogers Gladys designerview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Rogers Gladys designerview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Rogers Brett (Susan) art historianview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Ruck Nancy Clair architectview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Scheinberg Gisella galleristview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Shannon Kate Guthrie (Kit)view full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Simons Christine Kiloranview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Shaw Mary Turner (Mollie) architectview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Simons Phyllisa Elaine Frazer architectview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Stafford Pauline Broughton (Paula)view full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Stannage Miriam Helenview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Stavrianos Wendy Dianeview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Stokes Constanceview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Tanner June Sylviaview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Taylor Sandraview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Thomson Annview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Verschuer Jean landscape architectview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
von Bertouch Anne Catherine galleristview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Watson Jennyview full entry
Reference: see Who’s Who of Australian Women, compiled by Andrea Lofthouse, based on research by Vivienne Smith. Includes biographies of almost 1500 Australian women, arranged in alphabetical order.
Publishing details: Methuen Australia, 1982, 504 pp, hc, dw.
Groves Denhamview full entry
Reference: Black Jack of Ballarat [pseudonym of GROVES, Derham (b. 1956)]. You Bastard Moriarty. Illustrated with two original dry points and four original linocuts inscribed by Groves, and with two mounted photos of the author and printer. Original marbled paper wrappers, printed paper label on front (minor rubbing, light bumping to corners). FIRST EDITION, LIMITED ISSUE, number 60 of 100 copies of the standard edition of this rare title by a Baker Streeter Irregular. Laid-in with a typed letter, prospectus, and receipt to Roy Pilot, all signed by Robert C. Littlewood, the publisher.
Publishing details: Melbourne: The Littlewood Press, 1 May 1996. 4to.
Ref: 1000
Sainthill Loudonview full entry
Reference: The Old Vic Theatre Company : a tour of Australia and New Zealand.By MILLER, Tatlock (editor); SAINTHILL, Loudon (designer & illustrator)


Publishing details: Sydney : British Council, 1948. Large quarto (305 x 230 mm), pictorial wrappers, pp. 60, with numerous b/w photographic plates (several of Laurence Olivier and Vivien Leigh) and line-drawn illustrations (some colour)
Ref: 1009
Durack Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see ‘A dying race’: The history and fiction of Elizabeth Durack, by Kylie O'Connell
Pages 44-54 | Published online: 18 May 2009. Re 'Eddie Burrup' story.
Publishing details: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.1080/14443050109387638?needAccess=true
Burrup Eddie (Elizabeth Durack)view full entry
Reference: see ‘A dying race’: The history and fiction of Elizabeth Durack, by Kylie O'Connell
Pages 44-54 | Published online: 18 May 2009. Re 'Eddie Burrup' story.
Publishing details: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.1080/14443050109387638?needAccess=true
Avon Printsview full entry
Reference: see Early Australian Town Views, A distinguished collection of high quality prints in full colour and limited editions. Includes reproductions of 14 colonial prints with some information on each of the original prints. (A promotional booklet by Avon Prints, Suite 4 Bridge House. 127-129 Walker Street, North Sydney.)
Publishing details: Avon Prints, 16pp [1970s?] 16pp
Avon printsview full entry
Reference: Captain Cook's Artists in the Pacific, 1769-1779 by Anthony Murray-Oliver. 70 colour and 50 black and white plates. A commemorative volume for the bicentenary of Cook's first voyage to the Pacific. A selection of the art from Cook's three voyages. Information provided about artists and the works illustrated.
Publishing details: Avon Fine Prints, Christchurch, 1969
168 pages, rectangular folio, plates, many coloured, maps on end papers. Half calf binding, A limited edition this one 1004-2000. The very lightest fading to boards, this volume no slipcase
Barak Williamview full entry
Reference: William Barak. Bridge Builder of the Kulin. By Gib Wettenhall.
Publishing details: Aboriginal Affairs Victoria Melbourne 2006, pb, Square 8vo. original printed paper wraps; pp. 19, with illustrations
Ref: 1009
Barak Williamview full entry
Reference: When the Wattles Bloom Again: The Life and Times of William Barak, Last Chief of the Yarra Yarra Tribe, by Shirley W. Wiencke. ('This book by Shirley Wiencke is the story of William Barak who was the last Chief of the Yarra Yarra Tribe, Melbourne district. Barak was born in 1823, and was about 12 years of age when John Batman arrived at Port Phillip to trade...')
Publishing details: The Author East Kew 1988 Reprint, 1988, 8vo. original printed paper wraps; pp. x, 110, with illustrations.
Ref: 1009
Duterrau Benjaminview full entry
Reference: The Perigal & Duterrau watch clockmakers, by Nicolette Reichhold.
In 18th and 19th century London there were several watch and clockmakers from the Perigal and Duterrau families. This book describes their various firms and some of the clocks and watches that they produced, with biographical and genealogical details of the watch and clockmakers. Francis Perigal of New Bond Street watchmaker to King George III, and the firm of Perigal & Duterrau that he founded receive particular attention.
Publishing details: CreateSpace, 2015. pb.
Ref: 1009
Baskerville Margaret in ADBview full entry
Reference: see Ausrealian Dictionary of Biography entry:
Margaret Francis Ellen Baskerville (1861–1930), by Ken Scarlett
This article was published in the Australian Dictionary of Biography, Volume 7 , 1979
online in 2006
Margaret Francis Ellen Baskerville (1861-1930), sculptor, was born on 14 September 1861 at North Melbourne, eldest child of Edgar Arthur Baskerville, ironmonger, and his wife Sarah Francis, née Moseley. John Baskerville, the printer, was an ancestor.

Margaret spent her youth in Ballarat, where she attended Miss Quinlan's School for Ladies. Later the family returned to Melbourne where her father set up as a tobacconist in Bourke Street. She studied at the National Gallery school in 1880 and 1882-85 under O. R. Campbell and G. F. Folingsby, and attended Saturday afternoon life classes conducted by C. D. Richardson. In 1886 she was licensed to teach with the Victorian Education Department, for which she worked for sixteen years.

Margaret Baskerville soon determined to become a sculptor. However she continued to produce water-colours and oil paintings; in 1899 her 'Study of Wallflowers' won a diploma at the Greater Britain Exhibition and was shown in Paris in 1900. By 1902 she was a full-time sculptor, running private afternoon classes at her studio behind the Assembly Hall in Collins Street. Her works at this time included 'Gathering Flowers', 'Nature's Mirror', 'Fern Gatherer' and 'The Book of Fate'. By 1904 she had saved enough to go to London where she studied at the Royal College of Art under Professor Lanteri and had instruction in marble carving from Galmuzzi. Her work won the praise of Auguste Rodin who visited the college twice while she was a student there. From London she visited Paris, Rome, Florence and Switzerland. After her return to Australia in 1906 she assisted Richardson in their Collins Street studio; on 23 December 1914 they were married at St John's Church of England, East Malvern. She was then 53 and Richardson 61.

In 1907 Margaret Baskerville had won six prizes for sculpture at the Women's Work Exhibition held in Melbourne. Her first commission, for which she was paid £1000, was the Sir Thomas Bent memorial, Brighton. Begun in 1911 and unveiled on 20 October 1913, the over-life-sized statue is of bronze on a pedestal of granite and is probably her best-known work. Other commissions followed. The James Cuming memorial (1915-16), for which she did her own marble carving, was placed at Footscray. In 1916 she produced a circular marble plaque in memory of Ernest Wood for St Paul's Cathedral, Melbourne, and in 1922 as a war memorial for Alexandra, Victoria, a bronze figure of a soldier leaning on his rifle; the pose is conventional and the style simple realism. In a subsequent memorial for Maryborough, unveiled on 24 October 1926, she depicted in bronze a soldier on the battlefield. Her Edith Cavell memorial, St Kilda Road, Melbourne, was unveiled on 11 November 1926. She also produced three life-sized figures of Daphne, Echo and Persephone for the remodelled restaurant in the Hotel Australia, Collins Street; these figures were presumably demolished with the hotel in 1938. With her husband she worked on two bas-reliefs for the foyer of the Capitol Theatre, opened in 1922.

Margaret Baskerville produced a number of portrait heads and busts, particularly of children. She showed her work regularly throughout her life and exhibited for the last time in 1929. A foundation member of and office-bearer in the Yarra Sculptors' Society (1898-1909), she was also a member of the Victorian Sketching Club, the Women's Art Club, the council of the Australian Institute of the Arts and Literature, and the Austral Salon; as a member of the Victorian Artists' Society she vigorously defended her husband in controversies while he was president. She predeceased him on 6 July 1930 at Brighton, and was cremated. The Brighton City Council has a number of her works.

Select Bibliography
E. A. Vidler, Margaret Baskerville, Sculptor (Melb, 1929)
W. Moore, ‘Sculpture and architecture’, Architecture (Sydney), Apr 1925
New Idea, 1 Dec 1902, 6 Oct 1905
Woman's World, 1 May 1922
Argus (Melbourne), 28 Oct 1913
Maryborough and Dunolly Advertiser, 26 Oct 1926
National Gallery school records (State Library of Victoria)
private information.
Related Entries in NCB Sites
Mahony Griffin, Marion Lucy (colleague)

Changing Trains - A century of travel on the Sydney - Melbourne Railwayview full entry
Reference: see BELBIN, Phil. & BURKE, David. Changing Trains - A century of travel on the Sydney - Melbourne Railway. [’In 19th century Australia, Sydney and Melbourne
were the competing capitals of what were different countries, the colonies of NSW and Victoria. Joined by railway lines in 1883 to lavish celebrations.’]
Publishing details: Nth Ryde. Methuen Australia Pty Ltd 1982. 4to. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 144pp. Dustjacket, col & b/w ills.
Trainsview full entry
Reference: see BELBIN, Phil. & BURKE, David. Changing Trains - A century of travel on the Sydney - Melbourne Railway. [’In 19th century Australia, Sydney and Melbourne
were the competing capitals of what were different countries, the colonies of NSW and Victoria. Joined by railway lines in 1883 to lavish celebrations.’]
Publishing details: Nth Ryde. Methuen Australia Pty Ltd 1982. 4to. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 144pp. Dustjacket, col & b/w ills.
Rosser Celiaview full entry
Reference: The Banksias [three volumes], by Celia E. Rosser and Alexander S. George, containing a total of 76 colour plates by Celia Rosser. ('the first time that an entire genus of this magnitude has been painted and reproduced', according to the publisher); loosely inserted in the second volume is a paper portfolio containing six Rosser prints.
.
Publishing details: Monash University, 1981, 3 volumes, (in association with Academic Press, London); 1988 (in association with the State Bank of Victoria); and 2000 (in association with Nokomis Publications). Elephant folio (775 × 560 mm), three volumes, The first two volumes are limited to 720 numbered copies, the third to 520;
Ref: 1000
Piper Michaelview full entry
Reference: Portfolio of four unique prints, by Australian artist Michael Piper. (Australian Bird Series).[Information from bookseller: Michael Piper has been painting "seriously" since 1978. Born in England in 1944, he emigrated to Australia in 1970 being a butcher by trade. In 1974 he began painting, principally oil on canvas, hence he is completely self taught. Since 1986 he has concentrated mainly upon birds with his first successful exhibition in one of Adelaide's most prominent fine an galleries in 1987. Living in Adelaide in the state of South Australia, he has traveled throughout Australia researching the birdlife and habitat of his subjects.
Not only is his work extremely finely detailed, but he also tries to convey a sense of naturalism and where possible a three dimensional sense of movement as opposed to clinical exactness. Michael Piper's ambition is to illustrate the beauty of Australia's birds in a natural setting hoping that it will convey a sense of appreciation even to those outside of Australia. If the sampling I've had the opportunity to observe is any indication of his abilities, he need not worry about instilling a sense of appreciation for his subjects. His paintings are simply breath-taking and should be a part of everyone's home decor, especially if you have a fondness for Australian birds.
Born in the UK in 1944, Michael Piper is a self taught artist who arrived in Australia in 1970.
He painted miniature Australian landscapes and seascapes in oil until about 1980, and thereafter concentrated on painting Australian wildlife in oils, specialising in birds.His work is represented in private collections in Australia, Japan,America and UK.
Publishing details: c1995
Ref: 1000
McAuslan Gordon Stuartview full entry
Reference: see DAAO: Gordon McAuslan b. 1913
Also known as Gordon McAusland
Artist (Printmaker), Artist , Artist (Sculptor), Artist (Painter), Artist (Cartoonist / Illustrator)
Mid 20th century New Zealand and Sydney cartoonist, illustrator, painter, sculptor, ceramic artist and teacher, cartoonist, illustrator, painter, sculptor, ceramic artist and teacher, was born in Riverton, New Zealand. He studied commercial art by correspondence while at high school in Balclutha (NZ) in 1930-35. McAuslan edited, wrote and illustrated with hand-printed linocuts The Cartoonist (published NZ, c.1933-34: copies ML) . He came to Sydney in 1936 and attended evening classes at ESTC while working on the staff of Man as an illustrator and cartoonist (from 1937). He drew futuristic cartoons for Man , eg “Aw rats, Aunt… Pop said he found us in an air pocket” [robot kids to robot aunt] June 1937, 10. A biography in Man of July 1937, 2, states:

“Age 24… First job four years ago as junior artist in a printery at a weekly wage of 11/10 ½ [eleven shillings and tenpence halfpenny]. Ran a little magazine, The Cartoonist , printed it by hand from lino-cuts, then peddled the darned thing from door to door. Spent a year with an advertising agency in Wellington, then on to Sydney…”

McAuslan served overseas as a corporal draughtsman in army intelligence 1941-46. After a study tour of Europe he studied pottery at Edinburgh Art College 1947-49, returned to NZ and taught at King Edward Technical College, Dunedin 1949-51. Then he went back to Sydney where he taught part-time at ESTC and at Sydney Grammar School, 1951-76. He retired to devote himself full-time to painting and sculpture. Member NSW Contemporary Art Society. In 1982-83 he produced a series of small stone carvings.

Writers:Kerr, Joan Date written:1996Last updated:2007
McAuslan Gordon Stuartview full entry
Reference: see Lawsons weekly art sale, 24.1.24, Lot 8002
GORDON MCAUSLAN (1913-1996)
Still Life, 1951
oil on board
28 x 35 cm (frame: 42 x 50 x 3 cm)
signed and dated lower left
Estimate $200-300
Hiles Sview full entry
Reference: see Lawsons weekly art sale, 24.1.24,
Lot 8023
C19TH NAIVE SCHOOL (S.HILES)
Departed Friend [painting of a stickman with dead horse on a track through the bush]
oil on canvas
22 x 31 cm (frame: 39 x 46 x 4 cm)
signed lower right
Estimate $250-350
view full entry
Reference: see DAAO:
Marcellin Louis Martin b. 7 December 1837
Also known as Louis Marcellin Martin-Cremière, L. M. Martin
Artist (Printmaker), Artist (Cartoonist / Illustrator)
French-born, Colonial era Queensland caricaturist, engraver, editor and businessman
Martin (Martin-Cremiere) Marcellin Louisview full entry
Reference: see DAAO:
Marcellin Louis Martin b. 7 December 1837
Also known as Louis Marcellin Martin-Cremière, L. M. Martin
Artist (Printmaker), Artist (Cartoonist / Illustrator)
French-born, Colonial era Queensland caricaturist, engraver, editor and businessman


Icons from the Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences collectionview full entry
Reference: Icons from the Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences collection / edited by Jacqi Strecker with an essay by Drusilla Modjeska. "...Edited by MAAS curator Jacqui Strecker and with an essay by acclaimed Australian author Drisilla Modjeska, this book presents more than 70 beautifully photographed objects from the Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences collection, and considers the notion of 'icon' in all its complexity..." (from inside cover).
Publishing details: MAAS Media, 2016
166 pages, coloured illustrations, portraits
1001 Remarkable Objects view full entry
Reference: 1001 Remarkable Objects, curated by Leo Schofield, catalogue of the exhibition at the Powerhouse Museum, August, 2023 - February, 2024. A celebration of the scale, breadth and relevance of the decorative arts and design collections held by Powerhouse Museum, 1001 Remarkable Objects catalogues the eponymous exhibition at Powerhouse Ultimo that opened 26 August 2023.
The publication opens with a series of 32 still life images produced by photographer Lauren Bamford in collaboration with art director and stylist Sarah Pritchard. Documentary photography and captions for all 1001 objects is punctuated by 15 narratives. Written by the four curators plus 11 Australian authors commissioned by Powerhouse, these texts respond to one or more remarkable objects and vary in form across HipHop, memoir, fiction, creative non-fiction, historiography and essay.
This 620-page book has a format of 240 x 170 mm with a Swiss bound, linen-covered, semi-hardback cover with metallic foil detailing. Produced by Powerhouse Publishing with the support of the Gordon Darling Foundation.
'Extraordinary objects include the only surviving fragment of the Lockheed Altair aircraft Lady Southern Cross flown by pioneer aviator Sir Charles Kingsford Smith for his final flight in 1935; a section of original Transatlantic cable from 1858; a mousetrap making machine designed in Sydney; an Edo period samurai warrior’s suit of armour; a 1.5 metre tall Mintons ceramic peacock from the 1870s and a Detroit Electric car manufactured in 1917.'
Publishing details: Powerhouse Publishing, 2023, hc, 620pp,
Alderson Janetview full entry
Reference: see TW Gaze auction, UK, 16.1.24, lot 6085:Janet Alderson (Australian b.1934) A framed and glazed pencil drawing of Dame Judi Dench and Michael Williams. Signed and dated '84 bottom right. Image size 55.5cm x 67.5cm. Alderson studied at the National Gallery School in Australia and the University of Melbourne. During the 60's-80's she worked in Europe including the UK. Her works ar ein the National Gallery of New South Wales. Provenance - From the collection of Norma Whittard, costume designer for the Royal Shakespeare Company.

Newton & Co. makersview full entry
Reference: from Douglas Stewart Fine Books catalgue, Januarry, 2024: Newton & Co. (makers)
View of the Swan River and Fremantle, Western Australia, 1866-7. London : Newton & Co., 3 Fleet Street, [1866-7]. Hand-painted magic lantern glass slide, circular image (75 mm diameter), set in the original oak frame (115 x 160 mm); maker’s printed label and a smaller, fully contemporary label with manuscript caption ‘Freemantle’ (sic) under glass recto; both the hand-painted glass and the wooden mount have been preserved in faultless condition.
This hand-painted view looks towards Fremantle from the north bank of the Swan River near its mouth. The image is after a wood engraving that appears to have first been published in The Australian News for Home Readers, June 27 1866 (Melbourne : Ebenezer and David Syme), with the simple title Fremantle, Western Australia. It was engraved by Frederick Grosse after a painting by A. C. (Albert Charles) Cooke (1836-1902).
The same image, under the different title View of Freemantle (sic), Western Australia, was also engraved by Frederick Grosse for the Illustrated Sydney News well over a year later, on October 16 1867.
No other example of this lantern slide traced.
 




Grosse Frederick view full entry
Reference: from Douglas Stewart Fine Books catalgue, Januarry, 2024: Newton & Co. (makers)
View of the Swan River and Fremantle, Western Australia, 1866-7. London : Newton & Co., 3 Fleet Street, [1866-7]. Hand-painted magic lantern glass slide, circular image (75 mm diameter), set in the original oak frame (115 x 160 mm); maker’s printed label and a smaller, fully contemporary label with manuscript caption ‘Freemantle’ (sic) under glass recto; both the hand-painted glass and the wooden mount have been preserved in faultless condition.
This hand-painted view looks towards Fremantle from the north bank of the Swan River near its mouth. The image is after a wood engraving that appears to have first been published in The Australian News for Home Readers, June 27 1866 (Melbourne : Ebenezer and David Syme), with the simple title Fremantle, Western Australia. It was engraved by Frederick Grosse after a painting by A. C. (Albert Charles) Cooke (1836-1902).
The same image, under the different title View of Freemantle (sic), Western Australia, was also engraved by Frederick Grosse for the Illustrated Sydney News well over a year later, on October 16 1867.
No other example of this lantern slide traced.
 




Cooke Albert Charles (1836-1902).view full entry
Reference: from Douglas Stewart Fine Books catalgue, Januarry, 2024: Newton & Co. (makers)
View of the Swan River and Fremantle, Western Australia, 1866-7. London : Newton & Co., 3 Fleet Street, [1866-7]. Hand-painted magic lantern glass slide, circular image (75 mm diameter), set in the original oak frame (115 x 160 mm); maker’s printed label and a smaller, fully contemporary label with manuscript caption ‘Freemantle’ (sic) under glass recto; both the hand-painted glass and the wooden mount have been preserved in faultless condition.
This hand-painted view looks towards Fremantle from the north bank of the Swan River near its mouth. The image is after a wood engraving that appears to have first been published in The Australian News for Home Readers, June 27 1866 (Melbourne : Ebenezer and David Syme), with the simple title Fremantle, Western Australia. It was engraved by Frederick Grosse after a painting by A. C. (Albert Charles) Cooke (1836-1902).
The same image, under the different title View of Freemantle (sic), Western Australia, was also engraved by Frederick Grosse for the Illustrated Sydney News well over a year later, on October 16 1867.
No other example of this lantern slide traced.
 




Washbourne Thomas Jview full entry
Reference: Thomas J. Washbourne.
View at Cape Bridgewater, far southwest Victoria, circa 1870. Stereoscopic albumen print photograph, each image 77 x 73 mm, mount 89 x 178 mm; verso signed by the photographer in ink ‘Washbourne, Photo.’, and with his caption (also in ink) ‘Cape Bridgewater’, along with explanatory inscription in a modern hand; both are strong prints with excellent clarity; some very light foxing to the prints and the mount.
In order to provide a sense of scale in this coastal view, the photographer carefully placed in the foreground a fisherman – who holds a sizeable catch in his right hand – and his wife, who is busy decanting water from a water cart, probably in preparation for boiling the fish. The figure of another woman, gazing out to sea, can also be seen in the middle ground at centre.
Travelling photographer Thomas Washbourne was prolific in his recording of life and scenery in rural Victoria, mainly to the southwest, west, northwest and north of Melbourne. In the late 1860s he produced a well-known series of images of Victorian Aborigines as cartes de visite for commercial sale. He also used a stereoscopic camera, and a number of his fine topographical stereoviews are known. We have not been able to trace another example of the one offered here, although the State Library of Victoria (Accession no. 1761419) does hold another of Washbourne’s stereoscopic views of Cape Bridgewater, west of Portland, which was very possibly taken on the same day.
 Fom Douglas Stewart Fine Books catalogue ‘New Acquisitions’, January, 2024.
Hurley Frank (1885-1962)view full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books catalogue ‘New Acquisitions’, January, 2024. Frank Hurley,
[WWI] Idiot Corner, Westhoek Ridge, Belgium, 5 November 1917. Gelatin silver print photograph, 14.5 x 20 cm; verso with the wet stamp of the A.I.F Publications Section, Australia House (London); superb condition.
A significant example of the controversial use of montage by Australia’s pre-eminent war photographer, Frank Hurley (1885-1962).
From mid 1917 to early September 1918 the Australian photographer and adventurer Frank Hurley, who had already achieved fame for his Antarctic photographs taken on Douglas Mawson’s expedition, served on the Western Front as an official war photographer in the A.I.F. with the honorary rank of captain. His dramatic images vividly capture the carnage and atmosphere in perhaps the most brutalizing theatre of war in the history of human conflict. Hurley’s photographs featured in the exhibition Australian War Pictures and Photographs, staged in London in 1918. His controversial use of montage (composite images) in order to heighten the impact of his photographs – led to a clash with the A.I.F. high command, who deemed this type of image not to be faithful documentary representation; this conflict led to his temporary resignation in October 1917.
Compare the image offered here with the Australian War Memorial’s “Men and pack mules rounding Idiot Corner, on Westhoek Ridge, Belgium, moving up to the front” (AWM E01480). The two images, with the destroyed gun carriages on the left and train of mules on the skyline, are identical – except for the fact that Hurley has skilfully manipulated the present image by completely replacing the line of men with a less congested scene that includes several soldiers standing passively by the side of the road and a more strung out line of men and mules moving away from the camera through the mud. The montage is entirely convincing – virtually undetectable, in fact, if not for the existence of the original image for comparison. It is important evidence of Hurley’s use of this technique, and its potential effectiveness if employed to conceal or embellish the truth for propaganda purposes.


Reeves H T photographerview full entry
Reference: Beautiful Australian wildflowers of the Grampians, containing a concertina fold-out with 9 colour photographic plates of Grampians wildflowers (credited to H. T. Reeves, Melbourne); plus one panel with text by J. H. Willis, National Herbarium (Melbourne); from ouglas Stewart Fine Books catalogue ‘New Acquisitions’, January, 2024.

Publishing details: Sydney & Melbourne : Valentine Publishing Co. Pty. Ltd, [ca. 1960]. Illustrated mailing envelope, 105 x 160 mm,
Tuckier Albertview full entry
Reference: Albert Tucker, foreword by John Henshaw, catalogue of 40 works, biography.
Publishing details: Skinner Galleries, Perth,[1972]. Quarto, trifold catalogue, pp. [6], illustrated in colour and black and white,
Ref: 1000
Sukumaran Myuran view full entry
Reference: Myuran Sukumaran : another day in Paradise, Contributions by Michael Dagostino, Ben Quilty, Chinthu Sukumaran, Julian McMahon, Louise Milligan, Gina Cinanni and Jagath Dheerasekara. : Myuran Sukumaran (1981 – 2015) was an Australian convicted of drug trafficking
Publishing details: Campbelltown Arts Centre, 2017. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 350, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Colahan Colinview full entry
Reference: Colin Colahan 1897-1987 : his life and works. An exhibition held at The Crypt, Xavier College, Barkers Road, Kew, 19th September – 5th October 2003.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Eldon Hogan Trust, 2003. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 32, illustrated.
Ref: 1009
Herschell C Rview full entry
Reference: Souvenir Pictorial History of the Australian Aborigines, A Dying Race, introduction by C. R. Herschell. Photographs by Heschell?
Publishing details: Melbourne : Osboldstone, [190-?], [16] p. : chiefly ill. ; 13 x 19 cm. [Available at State Library Victoria, Library & Archives NT., AIATSIS]
Ref: 1009
MacKenzie Geraldine(Photographer)view full entry
Reference: see AIATSIS Collections: The following entry also refers to Geraldine MacKenzie:
Photographs of mission activities at Aurukun and photographs from the Gulf of Carpentaria area, Queensland and north west Western Australia. Subjects include: group and individual portraits; mission life; body decoration; dance with spears; corroboree; dead crocodile; bark and dugout canoes; widows hunting for food; children at mission school; housing; bark coffins; two masted boat Persons photographed include: Nyarlot; Tarkar; Willie; Freddie; Malcolm; Laura; Mrs Miller; Margaret; Mary; Goanka; Alva or Alma; Gladys; Sambo; Pamonka; Antilikka; Pamnarchembotha; Pamnamietna; Inga; Panyawa; Pantairpgun; James Pamkotcheta; Geraldine Pamkotcheta; Alfred; Dorothy; Elsie; Old Lomai; Mabel; Charlie Monk; Nancy Digital access copies available The following two items have been deposited with the AIATSIS library: Article containing photographs by C.R. Herschell in November 1 1926 edition of Table Talk Christmas Annual; and booklet of photographs by C.R. Herschell, Souvenir Pictorial History of the Australian Aborigines a dying race; the copy negatives in this collection appear to have been taken from images in these pamphlets (see pMS 6356) Caption list available

Souvenir Pictorial History of the Australian Aborigines, A Dying Race, introduction by C. R. Herschell.
Anton Terance view full entry
Reference: on eBay UK 15.1.24: Pentawan Harbour, Signed and framed oil painting by Terrence Anton of Pentewan Harbour St Austell Cornwall. Australian-born artist.
Shea Louis illustratorview full entry
Reference: There was an old lady who swallowed a mozzie, by P Crumble, illustrated by Louis Shea. (P. Crumble is the pen name for Paul Dumble.)
Publishing details: Scholastic Australia, 2019 (10th anniversary edition), 21 unnumbered pages : colour illustrations ;
Loxtonview full entry
Reference: from Aigantighe Art Gallery website:
John Loxton (1903 – 1969) is an Australian artist, considered one of the country’s best landscape painters. He was born in Adelaide and moved to Melbourne as a young man to study at Swinburne Technical College and later, the art school of the Australian National Gallery.
At these two institutions, Loxton developed an eye for landscape and honed his talent for reproducing them in both watercolour and oil paints. He exhibited consistently in Australia from 1937 onwards – painting full-time from 1946 – and became well entrenched in the local arts scene as a member of multiple artist societies and as president of the prestigious Fellowship of Australian Artists, a role he held for fourteen years.
Loxton first travelled to New Zealand in 1946. He came to the Rangitata region to paint the scenery, which he described as “mouth watering” to a Wellington newspaper in January 1946. Following this visit, Loxton was inspired to travel further afield, going to the UK and Europe in 1948-50. Whilst there, he mounted several solo exhibitions showcasing the landscapes of the Southern Hemisphere to enthusiastic audiences in London, and also presented his work at the Royal Academy, alongside Europe’s top artists.
Irrespective of where he worked, Loxton always worked from life, en plein air (or outdoors, directly from nature). His naturalistic style was both acclaimed by audiences seeking traditional techniques and familiar scenes, and disparaged by those seeking art that was more expressive and modern. But Loxton’s faith to nature and his own artistic philosophy was staunch, he never submitted to the ever-changing trends of Modernism.
This tenacity is evident in Self Portrait, which was painted early in Loxton’s career. Armed with a palette and canvas in one hand and gripping a brush and water-jar in the other, Loxton portrays art-making as a serious task and himself as someone who rises to the occasion.
Publishing details: https://www.aigantighe.co.nz/Collection/blog/john-loxton
van der Velden Petrusview full entry
Reference: from Aigantighe Art Gallery website:
Petrus van der Velden. Born in Rotterdam in 1837, van der Velden’s Dutch origins and training are immediately apparent in this portrait of a young peasant girl, not only in respect to the traditional clothing that she wears, but also in the artist’s use of genre painting.
Seventeenth-century Dutch artists such as Johannes Vermeer played a key role in developing the genre style of painting which sought to depict everyday life and people with the same technical elegance as was used to represent biblical or mythical subjects. Typically, the images are realistic and executed with attention to natural light and proportion. While Dutch Figure conforms to these conventions to capture the young girl’s likeness, it is van der Velden’s use of quick and loose brushstrokes that convey her feisty spirit.
Van der Velden retained an appreciation for accurate representation of his subject throughout his career, and upon immigrating to Christchurch in 1890, his imagination was also captured by the wild natural environments of Aotearoa. Much of his output during his time in New Zealand focused on the landscape of his adopted land—most notably his depictions of the untamed Otira Gorge in Arthur’s Pass.
Publishing details: https://www.aigantighe.co.nz/Collection/blog/petrus-van-der-velden
Butler Rexview full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Bennett Gordon essays p21 133view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Wallace Anne essay p33view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Kngwarreye Emily essay p37view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Staunton Madonna essay p47view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Moffatt Tracey essay p57view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Moss Rod essay p83view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Redford Scott essays p41 p91view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Bell Richard essay p103view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Robinson William essay p125view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
MacPherson Robert essay p153view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Lee Lindy essay p183view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Fairweather Ian essays p193 203view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Frank Dale essay p45view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Ah Kee Vernon essay p137view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Thomas Harold Aboriginal flag essay p171view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Aboriginal flag by Harold Thomas essay p171view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Stacey Robyn p177view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Zavros Michael essay p194view full entry
Reference: see Double Displacement: Rex Butler on Queensland Art, 1992-2016. by Rex Butler. [“Rex Butler is one of Australia’s most significant critics. Double Displacement provides a comprehensive survey of Butler’s texts on art from Queensland. Collecting pieces on major contemporary artists such as Gordon Bennett, Tracey Moffatt, and Richard Bell, as well as reflection on historical figures like Ian Fairweather, the volume also contains a series of extended reviews of key events such as the Asia Pacific Triennial in which Butler attempts to come to terms with what, if anything, defines contemporary art. Ranging from newspaper reviews to densely argued philosophical investigations, the texts collected in Double Displacement are essential reading for anyone interested in the last three decades of Australian art.” Edited by Helen Hughes and Francis Plagne.]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2018. 216 pages. Purple wrappers, illustrated jacket.
Mourtzakis Nick p108 p216-218view full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Parr Mike p108 p215view full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Ferran Anne p102 p214-5view full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Frank Dale p108 p213-14 view full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Hester Joy p 203ff and see essay Albert Tucker p139-152 view full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Nolan Sidney p 203ffview full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Tucker Albert p139-152 essay p203ffview full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Vassilieff Danila p 203ffview full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Cassab Judy p 203ffview full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Dax Eric Cunningham p 179 etcview full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Meszeros Andor p 102 p133view full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Shmith Athol p 102 etcview full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Nield Lawrence p 103 etcview full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Sutherland Kynan p 103 etcview full entry
Reference: see Inner Worlds: Portraits & Psychology
by Christopher Chapman. Exhibition catalogue. Explores key moments of connection between portraiture and psychology in Australia since the early twentieth century.
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2011.[iv], 218 pages, colour illustrations. Green cloth, black and white lettering, french fold jacket, slipcase.

Fieldhouse Simonview full entry
Reference: from Australian Galleries website:
Simon Fieldhouse is an established Sydney based artist who works primarily in watercolour and pen. Known for his intricate and vibrant line drawings of iconic buildings, monuments and landscapes from around the world, Fieldhouse skilfully documents society’s built heritage with warmth and reverence, whilst recording important sites and moments in history for generations to come.
“I am interested in depicting the collective things that we do as a society and also the wonderful architectural beauty that surrounds us in our everyday lives – with whimsy and humour!”
– Simon Fieldhouse, 2014
Simon Fieldhouse has exhibited extensively in Australia over the last 35 years and has been included in travelling regional exhibitions such as ‘The Phantom Art Show’. In 2018, Simon was commissioned by Sydney Local Health District in partnership with the RPA Institute of Academic Surgery to document their operating theatres. Here, Fieldhouse explored the unique relationship between art, science and medicine, which resulted in the solo exhibition ‘Art + Surgery’ that was shown at the Royal Prince Alfred Hospital, Sydney. His work is represented in numerous private and public collections including Artbank, Sydney; Parliament House, Tasmania; the Federal Court of Australia, Sydney; the State Libraries of New South Wales, Queensland and South Australia; the University of Sydney, Sydney and the Supreme Court of New South Wales, Sydney.
Australian Letterbox Artview full entry
Reference: Australian Letterbox Art, by Andrea May,
Publishing details: Xlibris, 2010, pb, 52pp
Ref: 1000
Letterbox Artview full entry
Reference: see Australian Letterbox Art, by Andrea May,
Publishing details: Xlibris, 2010, pb, 52pp
Desert to Sea: 10 Quilts from Australian Designersview full entry
Reference: Desert to Sea: 10 Quilts from Australian Designers by Jane Davidson.
Take a journey to the great Land Down Under ... Ten beautiful, eclectic quilts designed by eight inspirational Australian quilters, reflective of the bountiful colour and beauty of the Australian landscape and culture. Quilt patterns to entice and challenge passionate quilters to make unique quilts that will bring a little of the Land Down Under into your home. Betty Kerr, Charlotte Dumesny, Danielle Aeuckens, Jane Davidson, Lorena Uriarte, Cathy Underhill, Rachaeldaisy and Jeannette Bruce, bring to you quilts made with their favourite techniques, injected with a piece of their own personalities and style. Compiled by Jane Davidson.
Publishing details: 2015, Paperback, 92 Pages
Ref: 1000
Quilts view full entry
Reference: see Desert to Sea: 10 Quilts from Australian Designers by Jane Davidson.
Take a journey to the great Land Down Under ... Ten beautiful, eclectic quilts designed by eight inspirational Australian quilters, reflective of the bountiful colour and beauty of the Australian landscape and culture. Quilt patterns to entice and challenge passionate quilters to make unique quilts that will bring a little of the Land Down Under into your home. Betty Kerr, Charlotte Dumesny, Danielle Aeuckens, Jane Davidson, Lorena Uriarte, Cathy Underhill, Rachaeldaisy and Jeannette Bruce, bring to you quilts made with their favourite techniques, injected with a piece of their own personalities and style. Compiled by Jane Davidson.
Publishing details: 2015, Paperback, 92 Pages
Marr Scottview full entry
Reference:  SCOTT MARR | NEW WORKS, exhibition at Day Fine Art, 2023

A much anticipated series of new works from Blue Mountains based artist Scott Marr featuring his iconic use of pyrography & natural pigments

'After a long gap in my practice of collecting and processing natural pigments, I’m very excited to share these small works on paper. 

Natural pigments have a special energy about them that is hard to replicate in any other way. 

It’s when I’m out gathering colour that I find the majority of my inspiration. From the undergrowth to as far up as I’m willing to climb, I witness the most extraordinary networks and creatures. The pigments capture and reflect metamorphosis and environment perfectly. 

These small works were created from late 2023 to early 2024'

'Scott Marr Jan 24'
Publishing details: Day Fine Art, 2023


First | Previous | Record 152001 – 153000 of 158397 | Next | Last